Top Banner
Page 1 of 22 Corgan Internal File Location: g:\projects\18150\0000\d-contract admin\01-bidding\bid addenda\addendum 01.docx Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains changes to the requirements of the contract drawings and/or project manual. Such changes shall be incorporated into the contract documents and shall apply to the work with the same meaning and force as if they had been included in the original documents. Wherever this addendum modifies a portion of the paragraph of project manual or any portion of the drawing, the remainder of the paragraph of drawing affected shall remain in force. The conditions of the basic project manual shall govern all work described in this addendum. Wherever the conditions of work and the quality of quantity of materials or workmanship are not fully described in this Addendum, the conditions of work, etc. included in the basic project manual for similar items of work shall apply to the work described in this addendum. The “Conditions of the Contract” apply to all work described in this Addendum. The following changes shall be and are hereby made: Summary of Revisions GENERAL- SCHEDULE REVISIONS - Note the revised bid date to be Tuesday, Nov 5 BIDDING QUESTIONS 1. I am not seeing any locations for the projection screens in the project plans, but spec section 11 52 13 is suggesting that there are projection screens in the project, please advise. CURRENTLY WE HAVE THESE IN HS BAND HALL AND CHOIR 2. Please clarify the type of block to be used for the 8” interior CMU block in the locker rooms. Are they burnished, split face, integral color, standard grey etc…. STANDARD GRAY BLOCK 10/17/2019
157

Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

Jun 26, 2020

Download

Documents

dariahiddleston
Welcome message from author
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
Page 1: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

Page 1 of 22 Corgan Internal File Location: g:\projects\18150\0000\d-contract admin\01-bidding\bid addenda\addendum 01.docx

Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS

Addendum: 001 Prepared By:

John

Westbrook

This addendum contains changes to the requirements of the contract drawings and/or project manual.

Such changes shall be incorporated into the contract documents and shall apply to the work with the

same meaning and force as if they had been included in the original documents. Wherever this

addendum modifies a portion of the paragraph of project manual or any portion of the drawing, the

remainder of the paragraph of drawing affected shall remain in force.

The conditions of the basic project manual shall govern all work described in this addendum.

Wherever the conditions of work and the quality of quantity of materials or workmanship are not fully

described in this Addendum, the conditions of work, etc. included in the basic project manual for

similar items of work shall apply to the work described in this addendum.

The “Conditions of the Contract” apply to all work described in this Addendum. The following changes

shall be and are hereby made:

Summary of Revisions

GENERAL-

SCHEDULE REVISIONS

- Note the revised bid date to be Tuesday, Nov 5

BIDDING QUESTIONS

1. I am not seeing any locations for the projection screens in the project plans, but spec section

11 52 13 is suggesting that there are projection screens in the project, please advise.

CURRENTLY WE HAVE THESE IN HS BAND HALL AND CHOIR

2. Please clarify the type of block to be used for the 8” interior CMU block in the locker rooms.

Are they burnished, split face, integral color, standard grey etc….

STANDARD GRAY BLOCK

10/17/2019

Page 2: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

Page 2 of 22 Corgan Internal File Location: g:\projects\18150\0000\d-contract admin\01-bidding\bid addenda\addendum 01.docx

3. Are all interior rooms signs to be replaced, based on section 10 14 00?

YES ALL INTERIOR SIGNS ARE TO BE REPLACED

4. I am not seeing any P-lam paneling on the project, but spec section 06 42 19 is calling for this

scope of work. Is this spec referring to counter tops only, or are there wall mounted P-lam

panels on the project? Please advise.

P.LAM IS USED FOR COUNTERTOPS, CABINETS, FEW COLUMN WRAPS AND WALL

PANELING IN THE EXISTING CORRIDORS IN HIGH SCHOOL AND JUNIOR HIGH.

PLEASE REFER TO A09-00 SHEETS FOR ALL BUILDINGS AND LOOK FOR 'PL-XX'

TAG IN THE MILLWORK/WALL SECTIONS

5. Please confirm that sections 06 16 56 and 06 16 63 are only applicable to alternates A1 and

A2 respectively. Please confirm that the base bid exterior sheathing is a ½ gyp sheathing

material. I am only seeing this detail called out on a 1 or 2 details on sheets HS A08-22.

06 16 56 IS FOR THE ALTERNATES. 06 16 63 REFERS TO THE BASE BID WHICH IS

FLUID APPLIED AIR BARRIER ON 1/2" EXT SHEATHING PER WALL SECTIONS.

SPECIFICATON REVISIONS:

ITEM NO. 1.01 TABLE OF CONTENTS

-Add Section 13 34 19 METAL BUILDINGS

-Add Section 09 64 66 WOOD ATHLETIC FLOORING

-Delete Section 07 71 00 MANUFACTURED ROOF SPECIALTIES

-Delete Section 09 24 00 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER

-Delete Section 09 64 53 RESILIENT WOOD FLOORING SYSTEMS

-Delete Section 10 22 13 WIRE MESH PARTITIONS

-Delete Section 10 22 29 OPERABLE PARTITIONS

-Delete Section 12 33 52 MUSIC LIBRARY STORAGE SYSTEM

-Delete Section 31 50 25 EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES

ITEM NO. 1.02 SECTION 00 30 00 INFORMATION TO BIDDERS

-Replace Construction Phasing Plan and Construction Phasing Schedule in their entirety with the

attached revised documents

ITEM NO. 1.03 SECTION 04 21 13 BRICK MASONRY

-Revise PART 2-PRODUCTS, 2.1 B. to read as follows:

A. Approved Brick by Acme Brick, Contact Rod Steph (806) 506-3005 : 1. High School

a. KoKo Brown Modular Velour b. Lubbock Plant Limestone 4x8x16 c. Lubbock Plant Splitface Limestone 4x4x16

2. Jr High a. KoKo Modular Velour b. KoKo Fluted 8x8 Special Shape

Page 3: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

Page 3 of 22 Corgan Internal File Location: g:\projects\18150\0000\d-contract admin\01-bidding\bid addenda\addendum 01.docx

ITEM NO. 1.04 SECTION 07 71 00 MANUFACTURED ROOF SPECIALTIES

-Delete section in its entirety.

ITEM NO. 1.05 SECTION 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE

-Add section in its entirety as attached.

ITEM NO. 1.06 SECTION 09 24 00 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER

-Delete section in its entirety

ITEM NO. 1.07 SECTION 09 51 13 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS

Ref. PART 2-PRODUCTS, 2.3 ACOUSTICAL UNITS and add the following:

E. Acoustical Ceiling Panel – ACT-5: (Band and Choir Rooms) 1. Nominal Size: 24" x 24" x 1-1/2".

2. Composition: Fiberglass with DuraBrite acoustically transparent membrane, ASTM E 84,

Class A.

3. Finish: Factory applied acrylic latex paint, white color

4. Grid and acoustical ceiling panel colors to match.

5. Noise Reduction Coefficient: 1.00.

6. Articulation Class: 200

7. Light Reflectance: LR-.90 percent.

8. Edge: Square

9. Pattern: Fine Textured.

10. Acceptable Product: Optima Open Plan by Armstrong.

F. Barrel Diffuser – ACT-6

1. Size: 4’x4’. 2. Finish: White gelcoat. 3. NRC: .05 4. Edge: Square edge with resin lined. 5. Acceptable Product: Pyramidal Diffuser - PCD by G&S Acoustics or equivalent

ITEM NO. 1.08 SECTION 09 64 53 RESILIENT WOOD FLOORING SYSTEMS

-Delete section in its entirety

ITEM NO. 1.09 SECTION 09 64 66 WOOD ATHLETIC FLOORING

-Add section in its entirety as attached

ITEM NO. 1.10 SECTION 10 14 00 SIGNAGE

Revise PART 2-PRODUCTS to include the following:

2.5 LOGO

B. Custom fabricated: 1. Material: Extruded twin-wall plastic sheet products base on a high impact polypropylene

copolymer resin. 2. Logo: Refer to Construction Drawings for design and locations. 3. Size: Custom size as selected and approved by Architect. 4. Colors: Custom color as selected and approved by Architect. 5. Acceptable Product: Coroplast/Interplast Group.

Page 4: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

Page 4 of 22 Corgan Internal File Location: g:\projects\18150\0000\d-contract admin\01-bidding\bid addenda\addendum 01.docx

ITEM NO. 1.11 SECTION 10 22 13 WIRE MESH PARTITIONS

Delete section in its entirety

ITEM NO. 1.12 SECTION 10 22 29 OPERABLE PARTITIONS

Delete section in its entirety

ITEM NO. 1.13 SECTION 11 61 62 THEATRICAL LIGHTING FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES

Replace section in its entirety with the document attached. Deletions indicated in strikethrough and

additions with underline.

ITEM NO. 1.14 SECTION 11 66 00 ATHLETIC EQUIPMENT

PART 2. PRODUCTS, 2.2 E: Track and Field,

Indicate all items a-e will be provided by owner.

ITEM NO. 1.15 SECTION 12 24 13 ROLLER WINDOW SHADES

Replace section in its entirety with attached to include information and requirements for motor

operated single roller shades.

ITEM NO. 1.16 SECTION 12 33 52 MUSIC LIBRARY STORAGE SYSTEM

Delete section in its entirety. This equipment will be owner furnished; owner installed.

ITEM NO. 1.17 SECTION 13 34 19 METAL BUILDINGS

Add section in its entirety as attached.

ITEM NO. 1.18 TECHNICAL SYSTEMS SUBGROUP TABLE OF CONTENTS

Insert new page with engineer’s seal into the project manual.

DRAWING REVISIONS (HIGH SCHOOL):

ITEM NO. 1.20 SHEET G00-00 – DRAWING INDEX

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

• Revise the name of Sheet A08-41 to be “ALUMINUM STOREFRONT WINDOW & DOOR

FRAME DETAILS”

• Revise the name of Sheet A08-42 to be “HOLLOW METAL WINDOW & DOOR FRAME

DETAILS”

-Add the following sheets to the Sheet Index

• A05-04 HS-EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS

• A06-20 HS-WALL SECTIONS

• A06-21 HS-WALL SECTIONS

• A07-11 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS

• A07-12 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS

• HS S02-11A – HS – FOUNDATION PLAN – SEGMENT A

• HS S02-12A – HS – LOW ROOF FRAMING PLAN – SEGMENT A

Page 5: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

Page 5 of 22 Corgan Internal File Location: g:\projects\18150\0000\d-contract admin\01-bidding\bid addenda\addendum 01.docx

• HS R01-01A – OVERALL ROOF PLAN – GENERAL NOTES ALTERNATE

• HS R01-03A – ROOF PLAN W/ WALK PAD LAYOUT ALTERNATE

• HS R02-13 – DETAILS

• HS FP01-01J – HS – FIRE PROTECTION FLOOR PLAN – SEGMENT J

• HS E00-01D – HS – LIGHTING DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN – SEGMENT D

• HS E01-01C – HS – LIGHTING FLOOR PLAN – SEGMENT C

• HS E01-01D – HS – LIGHTING FLOOR PLAN – SEGMENT D

ITEM NO. 1.21 SHEET C2.1 – SITE LAYOUT

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

• Add turf room to building footprint.

• Hatching added to distinguish between heavy and light duty paving near northwest addition,

east of the CTE South building, and in the new south parking lot.

• Hatching added to new sidewalks.

ITEM NO. 1.22 SHEET C3.1 – SITE GRADING MASTER

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

• Add turf room to building footprint.

ITEM NO. 1.23 SHEET C3.2 – SITE GRADING INSET 1

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

• Add turf room to building footprint.

ITEM NO. 1.24 SHEET C4.1 – SITE UTILITY PLAN

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

• Add turf room to building footprint.

• Include 1” water service line for track.

• Reroute fire line for northwest addition.

ITEM NO. 1.25 SHEET L02-01 – ENLARGED WEST SIDE LANDSCAPE PLAN

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

• Add notation of pavers, reference detail

ITEM NO. 1.26 SHEET HS A00-01 – HS DEMO FLOOR PLAN OVERALL

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to include clarifications to the enlarged area

plan sheets.

ITEM NO. 1.27 SHEET HS A00-01C – HS DEMO FLOOR PLAN LEVEL ONE SEGMENT C

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

• Revise Keynote 044 for Add Alternate 02 and add that keynote to existing classrooms as

shown

• Revise storefront demolition scope to include additional entrances as shown

Page 6: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

Page 6 of 22 Corgan Internal File Location: g:\projects\18150\0000\d-contract admin\01-bidding\bid addenda\addendum 01.docx

ITEM NO. 1.28 SHEET HS A00-01D – HS DEMO FLOOR PLAN LEVEL ONE SEGMENT D

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

• Revise Keynote 044 for Add Alternate 02 and add that keynote to existing classrooms as

shown

ITEM NO. 1.29 SHEET HS A00-01E – HS DEMO FLOOR PLAN LEVEL ONE SEGMENT E

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

• Add Keynote 025 to existing Classroom 306 as shown

ITEM NO. 1.30 SHEET HS A00-01F – HS DEMO FLOOR PLAN LEVEL ONE SEGMENT F

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

• Add general note at window opening demo locations to read as follows

“GC COORDINATE OPENING SIZES WITH WINDOW DIMENSIONS”

ITEM NO. 1.31 SHEET HS A00-01G – HS DEMO FLOOR PLAN LEVEL ONE SEGMENT G

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

• Add Keynote 045 to read as follows:

“PATCH AND REPAIR EXISTING CEILING AFTER WALL DEMO AS NECCESARY;

REMOVE EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURES AND PREPARE TO RECEIVE NEW”

• Delete Keynote 025 and Add Keynote 045 in the following rooms:

o WOMEN’S CROSS COUNTRY 570, CORRIDOR C572, WOMEN’S RESTROOM

535D, WOMEN’S SOCCER 570A, CORRIDOR C575

ITEM NO. 1.32 SHEET HS A00-01H – HS DEMO FLOOR PLAN LEVEL ONE SEGMENT H

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

• Revise Keynote 014 to read as follows:

“REMOVE VINYL WALL COVERING AND GYP BOARD TO BOTTOM OF

HORIZONTAL RAIL. PREPARE WALL TO RECEIVE NEW GYP. BOARD AND PAINT.

• Relocate Keynotes 013 to clarify scope of auditorium seat removal:

ITEM NO. 1.33 SHEET HS A00-09C HS DEMO RCP LEVEL ON-SEGMENT C

Delete sheet in its entirety

ITEM NO. 1.34 SHEET HS A00-09D HS DEMO RCP LEVEL ON-SEGMENT D

Delete sheet in its entirety

ITEM NO. 1.35 SHEET HS A02-01 – HS FLOOR PLAN LEVEL ONE OVERALL

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to include clarifications to the enlarged area

plan sheets.

Page 7: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

Page 7 of 22 Corgan Internal File Location: g:\projects\18150\0000\d-contract admin\01-bidding\bid addenda\addendum 01.docx

ITEM NO. 1.36 SHEET A02-01A – FLOOR PLAN LEVEL ONE SEGMENT A

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

• Add LOCKER SCHEDULE

Refer to GENERAL PLAN NOTES and revise as follows:

• Revise Keynote 8 to read as follows

“PROVIDE 4” CEMENTITIOUS TILE BACKER BOARD ALONG THE BASE OF ALL GYP

PARTITIONS, TYP.

Refer to Detail 01 HS-FLOOR PLAN – SEGMENT A and revise as follows:

• Add ADD ALTERNATE 05- TURF ROOM and all related views as shown

• Add note to read “WASHER AND DRYER UNITS PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY

OWNER” in LAUNDRY 1013

• Add Detail 02 “RAMP DETAIL” and Detail 03 HS-“HANDRAIL ELEVATION”

ITEM NO. 1.37 SHEET HS A02-01B – HS FLOOR PLAN LEVEL ONE SEGMENT B

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

-Add ROLLER SHADE KEYNOTE LEGEND

-Refer to GENERAL PLAN NOTES and revise as follows:

• Revise Keynote 8 to read as follows

“PROVIDE 4” CEMENTITIOUS TILE BACKER BOARD ALONG THE BASE OF ALL GYP

PARTITIONS, TYP.

-Refer to Detail 01 HS-FLOOR PLAN – SEGMENT B and revise as follows:

• Change HM window frames in Reception 901 to be aluminum storefront system “U” and add

aluminum pass windows “V” & “W” at Attendance Clerk 901A

• Add reference for Detail 02/HS A02-01B- Clerestory Floor Plan

• Add plan detail references for 08, 09, &10/HS A06-41

• Add elevation detail reference for 05/HS A05-03

• Add note to read “STORAGE CABINETS, OWNER FURNISHED/OWNER INSTALLED” in

AP OFFICES 904B-904F

-Refer to Detail 02 HS-FLOOR PLAN – CLERESTORY and revise as follows:

• Add references for elevation Details 07& 08/HS A05-03

• Add plan detail references for 06, 07/HS A06-41

ITEM NO. 1.38 SHEET HS A02-01C – HS FLOOR PLAN LEVEL ONE SEGMENT C

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

-Refer to GENERAL PLAN NOTES and revise as follows:

• Revise Keynote 8 to read as follows

“PROVIDE 4” CEMENTITIOUS TILE BACKER BOARD ALONG THE BASE OF ALL GYP

PARTITIONS, TYP.

Refer to Detail 01 “HS-FLOOR PLAN-SEGMENT C and revise as follows:

• Add note at existing classroom area to read as follows:

“REFER TO DEMO PLANS AND FINISH PLANS FOR SCOPE IN THIS AREA”

Page 8: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

Page 8 of 22 Corgan Internal File Location: g:\projects\18150\0000\d-contract admin\01-bidding\bid addenda\addendum 01.docx

ITEM NO. 1.39 SHEET HS A02-01D – HS FLOOR PLAN LEVEL ONE SEGMENT D

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

-Refer to GENERAL PLAN NOTES and revise as follows:

• Revise Keynote 8 to read as follows

“PROVIDE 4” CEMENTITIOUS TILE BACKER BOARD ALONG THE BASE OF ALL GYP

PARTITIONS, TYP.

-Add ROLLER SHADE KEYNOTE LEGEND

Refer to Detail 01 “HS-FLOOR PLAN-SEGMENT D and revise as follows:

• Add note at existing classroom area to read as follows:

“REFER TO DEMO PLANS AND FINISH PLANS FOR SCOPE IN THIS AREA”

ITEM NO. 1.40 SHEET HS A02-01E – HS FLOOR PLAN LEVEL ONE SEGMENT E

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

Refer to GENERAL PLAN NOTES and revise as follows:

• Revise Keynote 8 to read as follows

“PROVIDE 4” CEMENTITIOUS TILE BACKER BOARD ALONG THE BASE OF ALL GYP

PARTITIONS, TYP.

Refer to Detail 01 “HS-FLOOR PLAN-SEGMENT E and revise as follows:

• Add note in T.L.C. 505W to read as follows:

“TEACHER STORAGE CABINET, REF. 01/HS A07-09”

• Add millwork elevation detail reference 14/HS A07-06 in LIFE SKILLS 509W

ITEM NO. 1.41 SHEET HS A02-01F – HS FLOOR PLAN LEVEL ONE SEGMENT F

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

Refer to GENERAL PLAN NOTES and revise as follows:

• Revise Keynote 8 to read as follows

“PROVIDE 4” CEMENTITIOUS TILE BACKER BOARD ALONG THE BASE OF ALL GYP

PARTITIONS, TYP.

Refer to Detail 01 “HS-FLOOR PLAN-SEGMENT F and revise as follows:

• Add interior elevation detail references 16/HS A07-04, 12/HS A07-07:

ITEM NO. 1.42 SHEET HS A02-01G – HS FLOOR PLAN LEVEL ONE SEGMENT G

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

• Add LOCKER SCHEDULE

Refer to GENERAL PLAN NOTES and revise as follows:

• Revise Keynote 8 to read as follows

“PROVIDE 4” CEMENTITIOUS TILE BACKER BOARD ALONG THE BOTTOM OF ALL

GYP PARTITIONS, TYP.

Refer to Detail 01 HS-FLOOR PLAN – SEGMENT G and revise as follows:

• Add interior elevation detail references 06/HS A07-04, 05/HS A07-08, & 01-04/HS A07-05

Page 9: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

Page 9 of 22 Corgan Internal File Location: g:\projects\18150\0000\d-contract admin\01-bidding\bid addenda\addendum 01.docx

ITEM NO. 1.43 SHEET HS A02-01H – HS FLOOR PLAN LEVEL ONE SEGMENT H

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

-Add ROLLER SHADE KEYNOTE LEGEND

-Refer to GENERAL PLAN NOTES and revise as follows:

• Revise Keynote 8 to read as follows

“PROVIDE 4” CEMENTITIOUS TILE BACKER BOARD ALONG THE BASE OF ALL GYP

PARTITIONS, TYP.

-Refer to Detail 01 HS-FLOOR PLAN – SEGMENT H and revise as follows:

• Add reference for Detail 02/HS A02-01H- SEGMENT H – RAMP DETAIL

• Add wall section detail references for 05&03,HS A06-21 and 01/HS A06-20

• Add elevation detail reference for 08/HS A05-01

• Revise tag for Door 622.1

-Add Detail 02 in it’s entirety

ITEM NO. 1.44 SHEET HS A02-01J – HS FLOOR PLAN LEVEL ONE SEGMENT J

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

-Refer to GENERAL PLAN NOTES and revise as follows:

• Revise Keynote 8 to read as follows

“PROVIDE 4” CEMENTITIOUS TILE BACKER BOARD ALONG THE BASE OF ALL GYP

PARTITIONS, TYP.

-Refer to Detail 01 “HS-FLOOR PLAN-SEGMENT J and revise as follows:

• Add elevation detail reference for 01/HS A07-01

ITEM NO. 1.45 SHEET HS A03-01 – HS REFLECTED CEILING PLAN LEVEL ONE OVERALL

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to include clarifications to the enlarged area

plan sheets and scope for add alternates 2&5.

ITEM NO. 1.46 SHEET HS A03-01A – HS REFLECTED CEILING PLAN LEVEL ONE SEGMENT A

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

-Refer to Detail 01 HS – REFLECTED CEILING PLAN AREA A and revise as follows:

• Add RCP for TURF ROOM 1100 (Add Alternate 05)

• Add note in WEIGHT ROOM 907 to read as follows:

“ALL EXPOSED STRUCTURAL FRAMING, DECK, CONDUIT, DUCTWORK AND

PIPING TO BE PAINTED PNT-4”

• Add callout note for roof hatch and ladder in STORAGE 1001D

• Add callout notes for exterior metal soffit panel

Page 10: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

Page 10 of 22 Corgan Internal File Location: g:\projects\18150\0000\d-contract admin\01-bidding\bid addenda\addendum 01.docx

ITEM NO. 1.47 SHEET HS A03-01B – HS REFLECTED CEILING PLAN LEVEL ONE SEGMENT B

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

-Refer to Detail 01 HS – REFLECTED CEILING PLAN AREA A and revise as follows:

• Add new lay-in ceiling in VESTIBULE V506J

• Add callout notes for metal soffit panel

• Add detail reference for 02/A03-01B

-Add Detail 02 HS-REFLECTED CEILING PLAN -SEGMENT B CORRIDOR in its entirety

ITEM NO. 1.48 SHEET HS A03-01C – HS REFLECTED CEILING PLAN LEVEL ONE SEGMENT C

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

-Refer to Detail 01 HS – REFLECTED CEILING PLAN AREA C and revise as follows:

• Add hatch to existing ceilings to indicate existing ceiling to remain

• Add note block to clarify scope of Add Alternate 02

ITEM NO. 1.49 SHEET HS A03-01D – HS REFLECTED CEILING PLAN LEVEL ONE SEGMENT D

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

-Refer to Detail 01 HS – REFLECTED CEILING PLAN AREA D and revise as follows:

• Add hatch to existing ceilings to indicate existing ceiling to remain

• Add note block to clarify scope of Add Alternate 02

ITEM NO. 1.50 SHEET HS A03-01E – HS REFLECTED CEILING PLAN LEVEL ONE SEGMENT E

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

-Refer to Detail 01 HS – REFLECTED CEILING PLAN AREA E and revise as follows:

• Add painted gyp ceiling in VESTIBULE V335

ITEM NO. 1.51 SHEET HS A03-01F – HS REFLECTED CEILING PLAN LEVEL ONE SEGMENT F

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect revised ceiling elevation heights in

the entry and commons areas.

ITEM NO. 1.52 SHEET HS A03-01G – HS REFLECTED CEILING PLAN LEVEL ONE SEGMENT G

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

-Refer to Detail 01 HS – REFLECTED CEILING PLAN AREA G and revise as follows:

• Add callout notes for prefabricated metal canopies

• Add note in WRESTLING 525 to read as follows:

“EXPOSED TO STRUCTURE; PAINT FINISH”

ITEM NO. 1.53 SHEET HS A03-01H – HS REFLECTED CEILING PLAN LEVEL ONE SEGMENT H

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

-Refer to Detail 01 HS – REFLECTED CEILING PLAN AREA H and revise as follows:

• Add callout notes for ACT-5&6 in BAND 803W, CHOIR 801W, and PERCUSSION 621C

• Add callout notes for prefabricated metal canopies

• Revise interior ceiling height elevations

Page 11: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

Page 11 of 22 Corgan Internal File Location: g:\projects\18150\0000\d-contract admin\01-bidding\bid addenda\addendum 01.docx

ITEM NO. 1.54 SHEET HS A03-01H – HS REFLECTED CEILING PLAN LEVEL ONE SEGMENT J

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

-Refer to Detail 01 HS – REFLECTED CEILING PLAN AREA J and revise as follows:

• Add callout notes for prefabricated metal canopies

• Add note in GYMNASIUM 700 to read as follows:

“3” TECTUM PANELS FASTENED TO STRUCTURAL DECK ABOVE, TYP.”

ITEM NO. 1.55 SHEET HS A03-11 – HS REFLECTED CEILING PLAN DETAILS

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to include Detail 03

ITEM NO. 1.56 SHEET HS A04-02 – HS ENLARGED PLANS

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect revisions to wall elevations, toilet

fixtures, and accessories.

ITEM NO. 1.57 SHEET HS A05-01 – HS EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

-Add callout noted for prefinished metal canopies on Details 01, 03, 05, 08, and 11

-Add Detail 14 HS-EAST OVERALL EXTERIOR ELEVATION in its entirety

ITEM NO. 1.58 SHEET HS A05-02 – HS EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to include Details 10, 11, and 12

ITEM NO. 1.59 SHEET HS A05-03 – HS EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect revised detail layout in addition to

the following changes:

-Revise Detail 01 to include metal wall panel beyond

-Revise Detail 02 to include front entry elevation

-Add Details 06, 07 & 08

ITEM NO. 1.60 SHEET HS A05-04– HS EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS

Add sheet in its entirety as attached

ITEM NO. 1.61 SHEET HS A06-20– HS WALL SECTIONS

Add sheet in its entirety as attached

ITEM NO. 1.62 SHEET HS A06-21– HS WALL SECTIONS

Add sheet in its entirety as attached

ITEM NO. 1.63 SHEET HS A06-23– HS WALL SECTIONS

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to include Detail 07

Page 12: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

Page 12 of 22 Corgan Internal File Location: g:\projects\18150\0000\d-contract admin\01-bidding\bid addenda\addendum 01.docx

ITEM NO. 1.64 SHEET HS A06-24– HS WALL SECTIONS

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to include revisions to Details 03, 04, 05, 06,

08, &09

ITEM NO. 1.65 SHEET HS A06-41– HS PLAN DETAILS

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to include revisions to Details 06, 07, 08, 09,

&10

ITEM NO. 1.66 SHEET HS A07-01– HS INTERIOR ELEVATIONS

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

-Refer to Detail 01 HS – 700-GYMNASIUM - E and revise as follows:

• Add school logo graphic clarification

• Add callout note for gym wall pads

-Refer to Detail 03 HS – 700-GYMNASIUM – W and revise as follows:

• Add graphic clarification notes

• Add dimension clarifications and other graphic clarifications

ITEM NO. 1.67 SHEET HS A07-02– HS INTERIOR ELEVATIONS

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

-Refer to Detail 01 HS – 700-GYMNASIUM - n and revise as follows:

• Revise CJ spacing as indicated with clarified dimensions

• Indicate exit doors on elevation

ITEM NO. 1.68 SHEET HS A07-03– HS INTERIOR ELEVATIONS

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect miscellaneous graphic

clarifications.

ITEM NO. 1.69 SHEET HS A07-04– HS INTERIOR ELEVATIONS

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

-Refer to Detail 06 and add note to read as follows:

“PLASTIC LAMINATE COUNTERTOP, REFER DETAIL 09/A07-41”

-Add Detail 16 HS – 515W-LOUNGE-S

ITEM NO. 1.70 SHEET HS A07-05– HS INTERIOR ELEVATIONS

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

- Add callout note for gym wall pads

-Refer to Detail 03 HS – 525-WRESTLING-EAST and revise as follows:

• Add school logo graphic clarification notes

ITEM NO. 1.71 SHEET HS A07-06– HS INTERIOR ELEVATIONS

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

- Refer to Detail 12 and indicate copiers to be by owner

Page 13: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

Page 13 of 22 Corgan Internal File Location: g:\projects\18150\0000\d-contract admin\01-bidding\bid addenda\addendum 01.docx

ITEM NO. 1.72 SHEET HS A07-07– HS INTERIOR ELEVATIONS

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

- Refer to Details 06,07, &09 and add millwork detail references 06/HS A07-41 and 10/HS A07-01

- Refer to Detail 09 and add graphic note clarifications and countertop clarifications

- Refer to Detail 11 and add logo graphic clarifications

-Add Detail 12 HS-C915-STUDENT COMMONS-E

ITEM NO. 1.73 SHEET HS A07-08– HS INTERIOR ELEVATIONS

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

- Revise Detail 01 to indicate revised masonry height

- Refer to Details 03&05 for graphic logo clarifications

ITEM NO. 1.74 SHEET HS A07-09– HS INTERIOR ELEVATIONS

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect clarified dimensions

ITEM NO. 1.75 SHEET HS A07-10– HS INTERIOR ELEVATIONS

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect clarified dimensions

- Refer to Details 01,02, &03 for clarifications to interior corridor elevations

- Refer to Details 04 & 05 for reception desk clarifications

ITEM NO. 1.76 SHEET HS A07-11– HS INTERIOR ELEVATIONS

Add sheet in its entirety

ITEM NO. 1.77 SHEET HS A07-12– HS INTERIOR ELEVATIONS

Add sheet in its entirety

ITEM NO. 1.78 SHEET HS A07-41– HS INTERIOR ELEVATIONS

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect clarified dimensions

- Refer to Details 01,02, &03 for clarifications to reception desk dimensions

- Add Details 04, 09, 10, 11 as attached

ITEM NO. 1.79 SHEET HS A08-01– DOOR SCHEDULE

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

• Add DOOR COMMENTS 12, 13, & 14 to read as follows”

12. “PROVIDE BLACK PLASTIC LAMINATE FINISH ON INSIDE FACE OF DOOR”

13. “INSIDE FACE OF DOOR TO BE PAINTED FLAT BLACK”

14. “ADD ALTERNATE 05”

• Add aluminum storefront door V506J to DOOR SCHEDULE

• Add comment note “2” to Doors C444A & C44B

• Add comment notes “12” to Doors 622.1 & 622.3

• Add comment note “13” to Door 622.2

Page 14: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

Page 14 of 22 Corgan Internal File Location: g:\projects\18150\0000\d-contract admin\01-bidding\bid addenda\addendum 01.docx

• Add TURF ROOM/WEIGHT ROOM Doors 907.1, 907.2, 907.3, 907.4, 1100.1, 1100.2,

1100.3, 1100.4, 1100.5, and 1100.6 and all comment note “14” to each

ITEM NO. 1.80 SHEET HS A08-21– DOOR AND FRAME DETAILS

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to include a 6” door head on FRAME TYPE 3

ITEM NO. 1.81 SHEET HS A08-41– HS WINDOW AND FRAME DETAILS

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to be renamed as “ALUMINUM

STOREFRONT WINDOW AND DOOR DETAILS” in addition to the following revisions:

• Add notes to window type “T” to clarify new vs. existing

ITEM NO. 1.82 SHEET HS A08-42– HS WINDOW AND FRAME DETAILS

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to be renamed as “HOLLOW METAL

WINDOW AND DOOR FRAME DETAILS” in addition to the following revisions:

• Revise the fire rated glass designation on Frame Types 13 and 15 to be 90min

ITEM NO. 1.83 SHEET HS A09-00– HS FINISH SCHEDULE NOTES AND LEGENDS

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

• Add DOOR COMMENTS 12, 13, & 14 to read as follows”

12. “PROVIDE BLACK PLASTIC LAMINATE FINISH ON INSIDE FACE OF DOOR”

13. “INSIDE FACE OF DOOR TO BE PAINTED FLAT BLACK”

14. “ADD ALTERNATE 05”

• Add comment note “2” to Doors C444A & C44B

ITEM NO. 1.84 SHEETS R01-01, R01-03, R01-01A, & R01-03A.

Replace sheets in their entirety with attached revised sheets to reflect the following changes:

• Roof systems descriptions deleted reference to “fully adhered”, revised to read “mopped”.

• ALTERNATE A Sheets - Roof plan revised, roof drains, crickets, parapet, roof system deleted

for Turf Room, and Detail Tags removed. Building changed to pre-engineered building.

ITEM NO. 1.85 SHEET RO2-10

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

• Delete Detail 69.

• Cover all coping cap joints with cover plates. All cover plates shall have 1’ high standing

seams at all corners.

ITEM NO. 1.86 SHEET RO2-13

Add Sheet RO2/13.

• Roof to Wall Expansion Joint Detail.

Page 15: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

Page 15 of 22 Corgan Internal File Location: g:\projects\18150\0000\d-contract admin\01-bidding\bid addenda\addendum 01.docx

ITEM NO. 1.87 SHEET R01-01.

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

• Roof systems descriptions deleted reference to “fully adhered”, revised to read “mopped” for

insulation/coverboards and cold-adhesive applied for modified bitumen sheets.

ITEM NO. 1.88 SHEET R02.06.

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

• Delete Detail 39.

ITEM NO. 1.89 SHEET HS S01-02 – HS – STRUCTURAL GENERAL NOTES

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

• Add Pre-engineered Metal Building Frame and Roof Purlins General Notes.

ITEM NO. 1.90 SHEET HS S02-02A – HS – LOW ROOF FRAMING PLAN – SEGMENT A

Modify sheet with the following changes:

• Change top of steel elevation at Grid B from 117’-11 1/2” to 117’-0”.

• Change top of steel elevation on the north side of Grid C from 119’-0” to 118’-0 1/2".

ITEM NO. 1.91 SHEET HS S02-01J – HS – FOUNDATION PLAN – SEGMENT J

Modify sheet with the following changes:

• Change T.O.S.C. elevation at Gym floor from 101’-9 1/2" to 101’-9 1/4" (verify 2-3/4” recess

with gym floor manufacturer.

ITEM NO. 1.92 SHEET HS S02-11A – HS – FOUNDATION PLAN – SEGMENT A – ALT. NO. 1

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

• Add Turf Room Foundation Plan – Alternate No. 1.

ITEM NO. 1.93 SHEET HS S02-12A – HS – LOW ROOF FRAMING PLAN – SEGMENT A – ALT. NO. 1

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

• Add Turf Room Low Roof Framing Plan – Alternate No. 1.

ITEM NO. 1.94 SHEET HS S03-04 – HS – FOUNDATION SECTIONS & DETAILS

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

• Add Details 1, 2, 3, 9, 10, 11 & 12.

ITEM NO. 1.95 SHEET HS S04-03 – HS – STEEL FRAMING SECTIONS & DETAILS

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

• Modify Details 4 & 8.

ITEM NO. 1.96 SHEET HS S04-05 – HS – STEEL FRAMING SECTIONS & DETAILS

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

• Add Details 1, 2, 12, 13, 14 & 15.

Page 16: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

Page 16 of 22 Corgan Internal File Location: g:\projects\18150\0000\d-contract admin\01-bidding\bid addenda\addendum 01.docx

ITEM NO. 1.97 SHEET HS S04-06 – HS – STEEL FRAMING SECTIONS & DETAILS

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

• Add Details 16 & 17.

ITEM NO. 1.98 SHEET HS M01-1A – HS MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN – SEGMENT A

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the changes within clouded areas.

ITEM NO. 1.99 SHEET HS M02-1 – HS MECHANICAL SCHEDULES

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the changes within clouded areas.

ITEM NO. 1.100 SHEET HS P02-1A – HS DOMESTIC WATER AND GAS FLOOR PLAN –

SEGMENT A

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the changes within clouded areas.

ITEM NO. 1.101 SHEET HS P03-1A – HS PLUMBING ROOF PLAN – SEGMENT A

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the changes within clouded areas.

ITEM NO. 1.102 SHEET HS FP01-1J – HS FIRE PROTECTION FLOOR PLAN – SEGMENT J

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the changes within clouded areas.

ITEM NO. 1.103 SHEET HS E00-01C – HS - LIGHTING DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN – SEGMENT

C

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the changes within clouded areas.

ITEM NO. 1.104 SHEET HS E00-01D – HS - LIGHTING DEMO FLOOR PLAN – SEGMENT D

Add additional work as indicated on the attached sheet.

ITEM NO. 1.105 SHEET HS E01-01A – HS - LIGHTING FLOOR PLAN – SEGMENT A

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the changes within clouded areas.

ITEM NO. 1.106 SHEET HS E01-01B – HS - LIGHTING FLOOR PLAN – SEGMENT B

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the changes within clouded areas.

ITEM NO. 1.107 SHEET HS E01-01C – HS - LIGHTING FLOOR PLAN – SEGMENT C

Add additional work as indicated on the attached sheet.

ITEM NO. 1.108 SHEET HS E01-01D – HS - LIGHTING FLOOR PLAN – SEGMENT D

Add additional work as indicated on the attached sheet.

ITEM NO. 1.109 SHEET HS E01-01E – HS - LIGHTING FLOOR PLAN – SEGMENT E

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the changes within clouded areas.

Page 17: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

Page 17 of 22 Corgan Internal File Location: g:\projects\18150\0000\d-contract admin\01-bidding\bid addenda\addendum 01.docx

ITEM NO. 1.110 SHEET HS E01-02A – HS - POWER FLOOR PLAN – SEGMENT A

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the changes within clouded areas.

ITEM NO. 1.111 SHEET HS E01-02B – HS - POWER FLOOR PLAN – SEGMENT B

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the changes within clouded areas.

ITEM NO. 1.112 SHEET HS E01-03A – HS – EQUIPMENT POWER FLOOR PLAN – SEGMENT A

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the changes within clouded areas.

ITEM NO. 1.113 SHEET HS E01-03J – HS – EQUIPMENT POWER FLOOR PLAN – SEGMENT J

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the changes within clouded areas.

ITEM NO. 1.114 SHEET HS E02-01 – HS – LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE AND LEGEND

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the changes within clouded areas.

ITEM NO. 1.115 SHEET HS E02-05 – HS – LIGHTING DETAILS

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the changes within clouded areas.

ITEM NO. 1.116 SHEET HS E02-13 – HS – PANEL SCHEDULES

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the changes within clouded areas.

ITEM NO. 1.117 SHEET HS E02-14 – HS – PANEL SCHEDULES

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the changes within clouded areas.

ITEM NO. 2.118 - HS AV-SERIES SHEETS

Replace the following sheets in their entirety with those bearing engineer’s seal:

• HS AV00-00 - GENERAL NOTES AND LEGENDS

• HS AV02-01G - HS - FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL ONE - SEGMENT G

• HS AV02-01H - HS - FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL ONE - SEGMENT H

• HS AV02-01J - HS - FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL ONE - SEGMENT J

• HS AV03-01G - HS - REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - LEVEL ONE - SEGMENT G

• HS AV03-01H - HS - REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - LEVEL ONE - SEGMENT H

• HS AV03-01J - HS - REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - LEVEL ONE - SEGMENT J

• HS AV04-01 - HS - ELEVATIONS

• HS AV04-02 - HS - ELEVATIONS

• HS AV11-00 - HS - AUDIO-VIDEO FUNCTIONAL LEGEND AND STANDARD DETAILS

• HS AV11-11 - HS - BLACK BOX AUDIO SYSTEM DETAILS

• HS AV11-21 - HS - MUSIC ROOMS AV FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAMS

• HS AV11-22 - HS - MUSIC ROOM DETAILS

• HS AV11-31 - HS - HIGH SCHOOL ATHLETICS DETAILS

• HS AV11-32 - HS - HIGH SCHOOL ATHLETICS DETAILS

Page 18: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

Page 18 of 22 Corgan Internal File Location: g:\projects\18150\0000\d-contract admin\01-bidding\bid addenda\addendum 01.docx

• HS AV11-90 - AUDIO-VIDEO EQUIPMENT RACK DETAILS

ITEM NO. 2.119 - HS TL-SERIES SHEETS

Replace the following sheets in their entirety with those bearing engineer’s seal:

• HS TL00-00 - GENERAL NOTES AND LEGENDS

• HS TL02-01H - HS - FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL ONE - SEGMENT H

• HS TL04-01 - SECTIONS AND SCHEDULES

• HS TL16-00 - HS - THEATRICAL LIGHTING CONTROL RISER

• HS TL16-01 - THEATRICAL DETAILS

DRAWING REVISIONS (JUNIOR HIGH):

ITEM NO. 1.120 SHEET G00-00 – DRAWING INDEX

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to include the following sheet:

JH AV00-00 - GENERAL NOTES AND LEGENDS

ITEM NO. 1.121 SHEET JH A04-01 – JH ENLARGED PLANS

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

• Revise Restrooms to include wall tile with add note to read “ TILE AS SCHEDULED”, “BASE

AS SCHEDULED”, “TOILET PARTIONS, REF. SPECS. TYP.” in Men’s RR – 606 and

Women’s RR – 604.

• Delete the note all plumbing fixture tags –S1, S2, from enlarged floor plans 604,606, and

from elevations in Men’s RR – 606 and Women’s RR – 604.

ITEM NO. 1.122 SHEET JH A07-01 – JH INTERIOR ELEVATIONS

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

• Revise Gymnasium – W.and S. -252 to include note to read “ 6’-0” GYM WALL PADDING

MOUNTED 6”AFF,TYP.”

• Revise Gymnasium E. - 252 – W. to include Control Joint and to add note “CJ” on the wall

and to include clarified dimensions

• Add School logo image and note to read “ DYE CUT VINYL WALL GRAPHIC - SCHOOL

LOGO”. Revise to include clarified dimensions, Gymnasium E. 252.

• Revise Gymnasium W. – 252 note to read “ CUSTOM PAINTED WORD "RAIDER", PNT-4 IN ARIAL FONT BOLD”, & “CUSTOM PAINTED WORD "NATION", PNT-4 IN ARIAL FONT BOLD”

Page 19: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

Page 19 of 22 Corgan Internal File Location: g:\projects\18150\0000\d-contract admin\01-bidding\bid addenda\addendum 01.docx

ITEM NO. 1.123 SHEET JH A07-02 – JH INTERIOR ELEVATIONS

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

• Revise Gymnasium – N. -252 to include note to read “ 6’-0” GYM WALL PADDING

MOUNTED 6”AFF,TYP.”

• Add School logo image and note to read “ CUSTOM VINYL PRINTED GRAPHIC MOUNTED

ON COREPLAST ADHERE TO WALL - SCHOOL LOGO, REF. SPECS”. Revise to include

clarified dimensions, Corridor N. – V260

• Revised Corridor N. – V260 to include clarified dimensions and note to read “ARIAL FONT

BOLD, 'RAIDER NATION' TEXT IN PNT-4”.

ITEM NO. 1.124 SHEET JH A07-03 – JH INTERIOR ELEVATIONS

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

• Revise Media Center N. and S. -432 to add wallcovering extents with a filled pattern on walls

in elevations

ITEM NO. 1.125 SHEET JH A07-04 – JH INTERIOR ELEVATIONS

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

• Add School logo image and note to read “ CUSTOM VINYL PRINTED GRAPHIC MOUNTED

ON COREPLAST ADHERE TO WALL - SCHOOL LOGO, REF. SPECS”. Revise to include

clarified dimensions, Weight Room W. – V234

ITEM NO. 1.126 SHEET JH A07-05 – JH INTERIOR ELEVATIONS

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

• Revise to add new elevation 13, Admin office 313.

ITEM NO. 1.127 SHEET JH A07-41 – JH MILLWORK DETAILS

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

• Revise delete and add changed reception desk details 01, 02, 03, 04,05 in Admin 313

ITEM NO. 1.128 SHEET JH A09-00– JH FINISH SCHEDULE, NOTES, AND LEGEND

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

• Revise Ceiling Schedule to include to add ACT-5, ACT-6.

• Revise Millwork Schedule to include to add SS-3 and note to read PL-5 Comment section.

• Revise Wall Schedule to include to add T-5

ITEM NO. 1.129 SHEET JH A09-01– JH FINISH FLOOR PLAN – LEVEL ONE – SEGMENT D

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

• Revise to add keynote F03 to Columns in Admin 313

• Revise to add rubber base RB-1 around columns in Admin 313

ITEM NO. 1.130 SHEET JH A09-01– JH FINISH FLOOR PLAN – LEVEL ONE – SEGMENT E&F

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

• Revise wall finish tag note in Women’s RR – 604 and Men’s RR 606

Page 20: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

Page 20 of 22 Corgan Internal File Location: g:\projects\18150\0000\d-contract admin\01-bidding\bid addenda\addendum 01.docx

ITEM NO. 1.131 SHEET JH A02-01– JH FLOOR PLAN – LEVEL ONE – SEGMENT D

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

• Revise to add pass windows in Attendance clerk 313A

• Revise to delete and add changed reception desk in Admin 313.

• Revise to add new wall behind the reception desk and to include clarified dimensions

• Revise Admin 313 to add note to read “REFER TO DEMO PLANS AND FINISH PLANS FOR

SCOPE IN THIS AREA”

ITEM NO. 1.132 SHEET JH S02-01A – JH – FOUNDATION PLAN – SEGMENT A

Modify sheet with the following changes:

• Change T.O.S.C. elevation at Gym floor from 99’-9 1/2" to 99’-9 1/4" (verify 2-3/4” recess with

gym floor manufacturer.

ITEM NO. 1.133 SHEET JH E01-01C – JH - LIGHTING FLOOR PLAN – SEGMENT C

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the changes within clouded areas.

ITEM NO. 1.134 SHEET JH E02-01 – JH – LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE AND LEGEND

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the changes within clouded areas.

ITEM NO. 1.135 SHEET JH A00-00 – GENERAL NOTES AND LEGENDS

Insert new sheet.

ITEM NO. 1.136 - JH AV-SERIES SHEETS

Replace the following sheets in their entirety with those bearing engineer’s seal:

• JH AV02-01A - JH - FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL ONE - SEGMENT A

• JH AV03-01A - JH - REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - LEVEL ONE - SEGMENT A

• JH AV04-01 - JH - ELEVATIONS

• JH AV11-33 - JH - JUNIOR HIGH GYMNASIUM DETAILS

DRAWING REVISIONS (WT):

ITEM NO. 1.137 SHEET WT A04-01 – WT ENLARGED PLANS

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

• Revise Restrooms to include wall tile with add note to read “ TILE AS SCHEDULED”, “BASE

AS SCHEDULED”, “TOILET PARTIONS, REF. SPECS. TYP.” in Restroom Showers – 101A,

107.

• Delete the note all plumbing fixture tags – L1, S1, S2, U1 from enlarged floor plans 101A,

107, and from elevations in Restroom Showers – 101A, 107.

• Revise 101A Restroom Showers – W. to include Control Joint and to add note “CJ” on the

wall opening.

• Revise Restrooms 107, 101A to add ADA benches.

Page 21: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

Page 21 of 22 Corgan Internal File Location: g:\projects\18150\0000\d-contract admin\01-bidding\bid addenda\addendum 01.docx

ITEM NO. 1.138 SHEET WT A07-01 – WT INTERIOR ELEVATIONS

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

• Revise Corridor S. – C102 and Hitting/Pitching – 100 to include note to read “ F.E.C.”, Center

line(CL) and Clarified dimensions.

• Revise Corridor S. – C102 and Baseball Locker room E. to include Callout 07 WT A07-01

and include note to read “ LOCKERS BY OWNERS”

• Revise Corridor – C102 from wainscot tile to Full height tile and add note to read “ T-3”, “TILE

AS SCHEDULED”, “BASE AS SCHEDULED”.

ITEM NO. 1.139 SHEET WT A09-01– WT FINISH FLOOR PLAN – LEVEL ONE

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

• Revise Restroom 101A and Corridor C102 wall finishes on Finish tag

ITEM NO. 1.140 SHEET WT E01-01 – WT - LIGHTING FLOOR PLANS

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the changes within clouded areas.

DRAWING REVISIONS (CS):

ITEM NO. 1.141 SHEET CS A07-01 – CS INTERIOR ELEVATIONS

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

• Add note to read “TEACHERS CABINET, TYP.” in Classroom N. – 101, Computer Class – W

- 202A

ITEM NO. 1.142 SHEET CS S06-02 – CS – ROOF FRAMING PLAN & STRUCTURAL DETAILS

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

• Add new 2100# RTU.

• Add Detail 5.

ITEM NO.1.143 SHEET CS M00-1B – CS MECH DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN – SEGMENT B

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the changes within clouded areas.

ITEM NO. 1.144 SHEET CS M01-1B – CS MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN – SEGMENT B,

SCHEDULES, AND DETAILS

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the changes within clouded areas.

Page 22: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

Page 22 of 22 Corgan Internal File Location: g:\projects\18150\0000\d-contract admin\01-bidding\bid addenda\addendum 01.docx

DRAWING REVISIONS (CN):

ITEM NO. 1.145 SHEET CN A04-01 – CN ENLARGED PLANS

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

• Revise Restrooms to include wall tile with add note to read “ TILE AS SCHEDULED”, “BASE

AS SCHEDULED” in Staff RR – 110, Men’s RR – 108, Womens RR – 107.

• Add note to read “ PAINT AS SCHEDULED”, “WALL METAL TRIM AS SCHEDULED” in Staff

RR-110

• Delete the note all plumbing fixture tags – L1, S1, U1 from enlarged floor plans 110, 107, 108

and from elevations in Staff RR – 110, Men’s RR – 108, Womens RR – 107

ITEM NO. 1.146 SHEET CN A07-01 – CN INTERIOR ELEVATIONS

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

• Revise Corridor N. – C100 to include note to read “ F.E.C.”, Center line(CL) and Clarified

dimensions.

ITEM NO. 1.147 SHEET CN A07-41 – CN MILLWORK DETAILS

Replace sheet in its entirety with attached revised sheet to reflect the following changes:

• Revise Typical stainless steel counter to include note to read “ STAINLESS STEEL CLAD

BACKSPLASH”, “1/8” RAIDUS EASED EDGE”, “ STAINLESS STELL CLAD

COUNTERTOP”.

• Revise Typical Stainless-Steel counter to include Backsplash with Clarified dimensions.

SPORTS FIELDS REVISIONS:

ITEM NO. 1.148 AF-1 SPORTS FACILITIES OVERALL SITE PLAN / DIMENSION PLAN

Revise sidewalks on north side of the long jump and pole vault facilities

ITEM NO. 1.149 AF-5 FIELD EVENTS GRADING & DRAINAGE PLAN

Revise contours. Refer to clouded areas.

ITEM NO. 1.150 AF-8 TURF ROOM PLAN

Revise building footprint and square footage of the room, pipe lengths have been revised.

ITEM NO. 1.151 AF-9 Detail sheet 1

Replace fence detail. Refer to 73EE.

ITEM NO. 1.152 AF-10 Detail sheet 2

Delete the 4” fence detail number 73RR.

Please review this information and advise writer of any corrections, misunderstandings, or additions within 3 business days.

Page 23: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

02 October 2019 000003 - 1 18150.0000Rev. 17 October 2019

1 TABLE OF CONTENTS2345 Section Title Pages67 Title Sheet..........................................................................................................................18 Table of Contents.............................................................................................................79

1011 PROCUREMENT GROUP1213 Procurement and Contracting Requirements Subgroup1415 DIVISION 00 - PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS1617 00 00 07 Seals Page .........................................................................................................................118 00 11 16 Invitation to Bid ...............................................................................................................119 00 30 00 Information to Bidders20 Construction Subcontract – Blank...........................................................................1821 Construction Phasing ..................................................................................................722 Construction Schedule .................................................................................................123 Sign-In Sheet Randall Prebid......................................................................................424 00 41 00 Subcontract Bid Form .....................................................................................................125 00 43 43 CISD – Prevailing Wage Rates.......................................................................................126272829 SPECIFICATIONS GROUP3031 General Requirements Subgroup3233 DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS3435 01 11 00 Summary of Work..............................................................................................................36 01 10 0020190715 Geotech Report for Reference only ............................................................................3937 01 21 00 Allowances.................................................................Rev. 10/17/19, Add 1 238 01 22 00 Unit Prices .........................................................................................................................239 01 23 00 Alternates...........................................................................................................................240 01 25 00 Substitution Procedures.....................................................................Issue 06/14/19 641 01 29 00 Measurement and Payment...............................................................Issue 06/14/19 642 01 31 00 Project Coordination..........................................................................Issue 06/14/19 643 01 31 19 Project Meetings .................................................................................Issue 06/14/19 244 01 32 00 Construction Progress Schedules.....................................................Issue 06/14/19 245 01 32 33 Photographic Documentation..........................................................Issue 06/14/19 246 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures .......................................................................Issue 06/14/19 1047 01 35 16 Alteration Project Procedures...........................................................Issue 06/14/19 548 01 41 00 Regulatory Requirements ..................................................................Issue 06/14/19 249 01 42 00 References .........................................................................................Issue 06/14/19 1050 01 43 39 Mock-Up Wall Construction ..........................................................................................551 01 45 16 Contractor’s Quality Control ............................................................Issue 06/14/19 652 01 45 29 Testing Agency Services ....................................................................Issue 06/14/19 6

Page 24: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

02 October 2019 000003 - 2 18150.0000Rev. 17 October 2019

1 01 50 00 Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls ..........................Issue 06/14/19 92 01 58 00 Project Identification and Signs .......................................................Issue 06/14/19 23 01 60 00 Product Requirements .......................................................................Issue 06/14/19 74 01 71 23 Field Engineering ...............................................................................Issue 06/14/19 25 01 73 29 Cutting and Patching..........................................................................Issue 06/14/19 36 01 74 13 Construction Cleaning .......................................................................Issue 06/14/19 27 01 74 23 Final Cleaning .....................................................................................Issue 06/14/19 38 01 77 00 Closeout Procedures ..........................................................................Issue 06/14/19 49 01 78 23 Operation and Maintenance Data .................................................................................4

10 01 78 30 Warranties and Bonds......................................................................................................311 01 78 39 Project Record Documents ............................................................................................512 01 78 46 Extra Materials..................................................................................................................213 01 79 00 Systems Demonstrations and Training .........................................................................5141516 Facility Construction Subgroup1718 DIVISION 02 – EXISTING CONDITIONS1920 02 40 00 Demolition (Civil) ............................................................................................................221 02 41 19 Selective Demolition ..........................................................................Issue 06/14/19 4222324 DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE2526 03 30 00 Cast-In-Place Concrete .................................................................................................1527 03 31 00 Structural Portland Cement Concrete (Site Work Only)............................................528 03 32 00 Concrete Curb and Gutter, Sidewalks, Slabs and Miscellaneous Concrete Work..329 03 35 73 Concrete Floor Polishing ................................................................................................430 03 39 00 Concrete Sealing...............................................................................................................331 03 51 16 Gypsum Roof Deck Repair ............................................................................................3323334 DIVISION 04 – MASONRY3536 04 05 13 Masonry Mortar and Grout ............................................................................................637 04 05 19 Masonry Anchorage, Reinforcement, and Accessories ..............................................638 04 21 13 Brick Masonry ..........................................................Rev. 10/17/19 ADD 1 739 04 22 00 Concrete Unit Masonry ...................................................................................................740 04 72 00 Cast Stone .........................................................................................................................7414243 DIVISION 05 – METALS4445 05 12 00 Structural Steel Framing ..................................................................................................846 05 12 13 Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel Framing ......................................................247 05 21 00 Steel Joist Framing ...........................................................................................................548 05 31 00 Steel Decking ....................................................................................................................649 05 40 00 Cold-Formed Metal Framing..........................................................................................750 05 50 00 Metal Fabrications ..............................................................................Issue 06/14/19 651 05 51 33.13 Metal Stairs and Ladders .................................................................................................452 05 51 33.16 Inclined Metal Ladders....................................................................................................3

Page 25: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

02 October 2019 000003 - 3 18150.0000Rev. 17 October 2019

1 05 52 13 Pipe and Tube Railings....................................................................................................9234 DIVISION 06 – WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES56 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry – Roofing ...........................................................................................47 06 10 53 Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry ....................................................................................58 06 16 56 Air and Water Resistive Sheathing Board ..................................................................129 06 16 63 Moisture Resistant Sheathing .........................................................................................4

10 06 20 23 Interior Finish Carpentry ................................................................................................411 06 41 16 Plastic-Laminate-Faced Architectural Cabinets...........................................................812 06 42 19 Plastic-Laminate-Faced Wood Paneling .......................................................................7131415 DIVISION 07 – THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION1617 07 01 50 Preparation for Reroofing...............................................................................................518 07 19 00 Water Repellents...............................................................................................................419 07 21 13 Board Insulation ...............................................................................................................420 07 21 16 Batt Insulation ..................................................................................................................321 07 21 29 Spray Insulation................................................................................................................422 07 26 00 Sheet Vapor Retarders and Barriers (Slab-on-Grade).................................................423 07 27 26 Fluid-Applied Membrane Air Barriers ..........................................................................924 07 42 13.13 Formed Metal Wall Panels............................................................................................1225 07 42 13.19 Insulated Metal Wall Panels..........................................................................................1426 07 51 00 BUR Bituminous Roofing System...............................................................................2027 07 52 00 SBS Modified Bitumen Membrane..............................................................................1228 07 56 50 Minor Roof Renovation Work.......................................................................................729 07 60 00 Sheet Metal Flashing & Trim..........................................................................................730 07 71 10 Roof Hatch........................................................................................................................231 07 72 00 Roof Accessories ..............................................................................................................332 07 72 33 Roof Hatch Rail System ..................................................................................................333 07 72 65 Support Systems (Roofing) .............................................................................................534 07 81 16 Spray-Applied Fireproofing............................................................................................935 07 84 13 Penetration Firestopping.................................................................................................736 07 84 43 Joint Firestopping.............................................................................................................637 07 90 00 Joint Sealants (Roofing)...................................................................................................438 07 92 00 Joint Sealers.......................................................................................................................939 07 95 00 Expansion Control...........................................................................................................4404142 DIVISION 08 – OPENINGS4344 08 11 13 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames ................................................................................1145 08 14 16 Veneer Faced Wood Doors............................................................................................746 08 31 13 Access Doors and Frames ..............................................................................................447 08 33 23 Overhead Coiling Doors...............................................................................................1448 08 41 13 Aluminum-Framed Entrances and Storefronts .........................................................1249 08 44 13 Glazed Aluminum Curtain Walls.................................................................................1150 08 56 19 Pass Windows ...................................................................................................................351 08 71 00 Door Hardware ..............................................................................................................4352 08 80 00 Glazing.............................................................................................................................15

Page 26: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

02 October 2019 000003 - 4 18150.0000Rev. 17 October 2019

1 08 91 19 Fixed Louvers ...................................................................................................................7234 DIVISION 09 – FINISHES56 09 22 19 Metal Furring and Lathing ..............................................................................................57 09 29 50 Gypsum Board Systems ................................................................................................158 09 30 00 Tiling ................................................................................................................................109 09 51 13 Acoustical Panel Ceilings ................................................................................................6

10 09 61 05 Moisture Vapor Emission and Alkalinity Control for Concrete Slabs.....................511 09 64 53 Resilient Wood Flooring Systems........................Deleted 10/17/19 Add 1 412 09 64 66 Wood Athletic Flooring .......................................................10/17/19 Add 1 813 09 65 13 Resilient Base and Accessories.......................................................................................514 09 65 19 Resilient Tile Flooring .....................................................................................................815 09 66 23 Resinous Matrix Terrazzo Flooring...............................................................................716 09 68 13 Tile Carpeting ..................................................................................................................617 09 72 10 Wall Coverings..................................................................................................................518 09 77 23 Fabric Wrapped Panels....................................................................................................419 09 77 50 Sanitary Wall Panels .........................................................................................................320 09 91 00 Paints – Roofing .................................................................................................................21 09 91 13 Exterior Painting ................................................................................Issue 06/14/19 722 09 91 23 Interior Painting .............................................................................................................1123 09 96 53 Elastomeric Coatings.......................................................................................................524 09 96 56 Acrylic Coatings................................................................................................................225 09 96 59 High-Build Glazed Coatings...........................................................................................5262728 DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES2930 10 11 00 Visual Display Boards......................................................................................................431 10 14 00 Signage .......................................................................Rev. 10/17/19 Add 1 632 10 14 16 Plaques ...............................................................................................................................233 10 14 53 Site Signage..........................................................................................Issue 06/14/19 334 10 21 15 Plastic Toilet Compartments ..........................................................................................435 10 21 23 Cubicle Curtain and Track ..............................................................................................236 10 26 13 Wall and Corner Guards .................................................................................................237 10 28 13 Toilet and Bath Accessories............................................................................................438 10 44 13 Fire Extinguishers, Cabinets, & Accessories................................................................239 10 73 26 Walkway Cover.................................................................................................................440 10 75 16 Flagpoles............................................................................................................................341 10 90 99 Miscellaneous Specialties ..........................Issue 06/14/19, Rev. 09/23/19 5424344 DIVISION 11 – EQUIPMENT4546 11 30 00 Appliances .........................................................................................................................147 11 50 00 Kilns and Hoods ..............................................................................................................248 11 52 13 Projection Screens............................................................................................................349 11 61 33 Theatrical Rigging and Drapery ...................................................................................1550 11 61 62 Theatrical Lighting Fixtures and Accessories ............................................................1351 11 66 00 Athletic Equipment..........................................................................................................452

Page 27: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

02 October 2019 000003 - 5 18150.0000Rev. 17 October 2019

12 DIVISION 12 – FURNISHINGS34 12 21 13 Horizontal Blinds .............................................................................................................35 12 24 13 Roller Window Shades..............................................Rev. 10/17/19 ADD 1 66 12 35 53 Laboratory Casework ....................................................................................................147 12 36 16 Metal Countertops ...........................................................................................................38 12 36 63 Solid Surface-Material Fabrications ...............................................................................39 12 36 66 Quartz Agglomerate Countertops .................................................................................3

10 12 66 14 Telescoping Bleacher Seating .........................................................................................411 12 68 10 Auditorium Multiple Seating ..........................................................................................6121314 DIVISION 13 – SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION1516 13 34 19 Metal Building Systems ..............................................................................29171819 DIVISION 14 – CONVEYING EQUIPMENT2021 Not Used.2223 Facility Services Subgroup2425 DIVISION 21 – FIRE SUPPRESSION2627 21 05 00 Common Work Results for Fire Suppression..............................................................728 21 13 13 Wet-Pipe Sprinkler Systems............................................................................................4293031 DIVISION 22 – PLUMBING32 22 00 00 Common Work Results for Plumbing ..........................................................................833 22 05 03 Pipes & Tubes for Plumbing Piping & Equipment ..................................................1134 22 05 04 Plumbing Specialties ........................................................................................................735 22 05 23 General-Duty Valves for Plumping Piping ..................................................................636 22 05 29 Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment....................................937 22 05 53 Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment ...................................................438 22 07 00 Plumbing Insulation.........................................................................................................639 22 14 26.13 Roof Drains.......................................................................................................................540 22 14 29 Plumbing Pumps ..............................................................................................................341 22 36 00 Domestic Water Heaters.................................................................................................642 22 40 00 Plumbing Fixtures ..........................................................................................................17434445 DIVISION 23 –HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING4647 23 00 00 Basic Requirements for Mechanical ..........................................................................1148 23 05 29 Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment ......................................849 23 05 53 Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment ......................................................450 23 05 93 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC..........................................................1051 23 07 00 HVAC Insulation ...........................................................................................................7

Page 28: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

02 October 2019 000003 - 6 18150.0000Rev. 17 October 2019

1 23 09 23 Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC..................................................................62 23 23 00 Refrigerant Piping & Specialties...................................................................................53 23 31 00 HVAC Ducts and Casings ..........................................................................................104 23 33 00 Air Duct Accessories .....................................................................................................65 23 34 00 HVAC Fans.....................................................................................................................66 23 37 00 Air Outlets and Inlets.....................................................................................................57 23 55 00 Fuel-Fired Heaters..........................................................................................................78 23 74 16 Packaged Gas/Electric Rooftop Air Conditioning Units ........................................89 23 81 26 Split-System Air-Conditioners ......................................................................................7

101112 DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL1314 26 00 05 General Electric................................................................................................................315 26 00 10 Underground Electrical Duct and Conduit..................................................................216 26 05 00 Common Work Results for Electrical.........................................................................1317 26 05 19 Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables .............................................518 26 05 26 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems..........................................................519 26 05 29 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems..............................................................520 26 05 33 Conduits and Backboxes for Electronic Safety and Security ..................................1621 26 05 53 Identification for Electrical Systems..............................................................................322 26 05 90 Electrical Systems Testing...............................................................................................223 26 09 23 Lighting Control Devices................................................................................................624 26 21 00 Electrical Utility Services.................................................................................................425 26 22 00 Low-Voltage Transformers.............................................................................................526 26 24 16 Panelboards .......................................................................................................................327 26 27 26 Wiring Devices .................................................................................................................528 26 28 13 Fuses...................................................................................................................................329 26 28 19 Enclosed Switches............................................................................................................430 26 51 00 Lighting Fixtures ..............................................................................................................731 26 53 00 Lamps and Light Sources................................................................................................132 26 55 61 Theatrical Lighting Controls (Acoustical) ..................................................................22333435 DIVISION 27 – COMMUNICATIONS3637 27 05 26 Grounding and Bonding for Communications Systems ............................................338 27 05 29 Hangers and Supports for Communications Systems ................................................539 27 05 33 Conduits and Backboxes for Communications Systems..........................................1340 27 10 00 Telephone and Data Systems .........................................................................................641 27 41 15 Integrated Telecommunications/Time System (MEP) ............................................2842 27 41 16 Integrated Audio/Video Systems and Equipment....................................................524344

Page 29: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

02 October 2019 000003 - 7 18150.0000Rev. 17 October 2019

1 DIVISION 28 – ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY23 28 05 29 Hangers and Supports for Electric Systems.................................................................54 28 05 33 Conduits and Backboxes for Electronic Safety and Security ..................................145 28 31 00 Fire Detection and Alarm.............................................................................................236 28 31 01 New Fire Alarm and Detection Systems ....................................................................2378 Site and Infrastructure Subgroup9

10 DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK1112 31 00 10 Earthwork and Grading ..................................................................................................313 31 23 00 Excavation and Embankment........................................................................................414 31 31 16 Soil Treatment.....................................................................................Issue 06/14/19 315 31 63 29 Drilled Piers ......................................................................................................................5161718 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS1920 32 00 70 Polyurethane Track Surface Base Mat System.............................................................421 32 00 80 Track Striping ...................................................................................................................422 32 00 90 Synthetic Turf ...................................................................................................................523 32 10 00 Concrete Formwork ........................................................................................................724 32 11 00 Plant Mix Bituminous Pavement ...................................................................................925 32 14 13.13 Interlocking Concrete Unit Paving on Aggregate Base..............................................926 32 17 13 Parking Bumpers ................................................................................Issue 06/14/19 227 32 17 23 Pavement Marking ...........................................................................................................128 32 20 00 Concrete Reinforcement .................................................................................................529 32 30 00 Cast-In-Place Concrete....................................................................................................530 32 30 05 Aggregate Base Course....................................................................................................231 32 30 10 Asphaltic Concrete Paving..............................................................................................432 32 30 20 Concrete Curbs.................................................................................................................333 32 30 35 Crushed Stone...................................................................................................................234 32 30 40 Geotextile ..........................................................................................................................135 32 31 13 Chain Link Fence and Gates ..........................................................................................436 32 60 00 Grout..................................................................................................................................437 32 84 00 Planting Irrigation ............................................................................................................838 32 84 50 Athletic Equipment..........................................................................................................339 32 91 13 Soil Preparation ................................................................................................................740 32 92 00 Turf and Grasses ..............................................................................................................541 32 93 00 Plants..................................................................................................................................8424344 DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES4546 33 00 00 Site Utilities .......................................................................................................................747 33 01 00 Trench Safety System ......................................................................................................348 33 10 00 Water Systems...................................................................................................................349 33 40 00 Drainage Systems .............................................................................................................35051 END OF DOCUMENT

Page 30: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

INVITATION TO BID

Southwest General Contractors will be accepting

Subcontractor & Supplier bids for

CANYON INDEPENDENT SCHOOL DISTRICT

CONSTRUCTION AND RENOVATION OF RANDALL HIGH

SCHOOL

Hand-delivered Bids, E-mailed Bids, Faxed Bids or Bids Delivered

by Common-Carriers will be received at the office of:

Construction Manager At-Risk

Southwest General Contractors

223 SW 4th

Amarillo, Texas 79101

806-374-1050

FAX – 806-374-2003

[email protected]

Until 2:00 PM CDT, TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 5, 2019 (Addendum 1)

Contract Documents may be examined beginning Thursday,

October 3, 2019 at:

Southwest General Contractors (Amarillo) 806-374-1050 or at

www.swgc.net or at www.purchasing.cisd.us

There will be a pre-bid conference for all interested parties at

The Canyon ISD District Service Center located at 3301 N. 23rd,

Canyon, TX on Monday, September 30, 2019 at 3:30 PM CDT.

Following this meeting, a site tour of Randall High will be made

available

Southwest General Contractors is an equal opportunity

employer. All qualified applicants will receive consideration for

employment without regard to race, color, religion, gender or

national origin.

Page 31: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains
MonteBoaz
Typewritten Text
Construction Fall 2019
Page 32: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains
MonteBoaz
Typewritten Text
Construction Spring 2020
Page 33: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains
MonteBoaz
Typewritten Text
Construction Summer 2020
Page 34: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains
MonteBoaz
Typewritten Text
Construction Fall 2020
Page 35: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains
MonteBoaz
Typewritten Text
Construction Spring 2021
Page 36: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains
MonteBoaz
Typewritten Text
Construction Summer 2021
Page 37: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains
MonteBoaz
Typewritten Text
Construction Fall 2021
Page 38: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

ID Task Name Duration Start Finish

1 RANDALL PHASE 2 CONSTRUCTION 509 days Fri 9/27/19 Thu 9/30/21

2 PHASE 2 OTB 28 days Fri 9/27/19 Tue 11/5/19

3 APPLY FOR BUILDING PERMIT 28 days Fri 9/27/19 Tue 11/5/19

4 PREP FOR CONSTRUCTION COMMITTEE REVIEW 13 days Wed 11/6/19 Fri 11/22/19

5 CISD APPROVAL OF GMP 1 day Mon 12/2/19 Mon 12/2/19

6 SUMMER BREAK 2020 1 day Fri 5/22/20 Fri 5/22/20

7 SUMMER BREAK 2021 1 day Mon 5/24/21 Mon 5/24/21

8 CONSTRUCTION AT RANDALL HIGH 464 days Tue 12/3/19 Thu 9/30/21

9 SITE IMPROVEMENTS 464 days Tue 12/3/19 Thu 9/30/21

30 ADMIN/FH BUILDING (55,160 SF) 308 days Tue 12/3/19 Fri 2/19/21

347 RENO 400 WING CLASSROOMS 6 days Thu 12/26/19 Fri 1/3/20

71 HS GYM (15,055 SF) 208 days Fri 2/21/20 Tue 12/15/20

265 RENO WRESTLING LOCKER TO NEW BB/SB FACILITY (6,200SF)

107 days Tue 2/25/20 Fri 7/24/20

110 BAND HALL/BLACK BOX (5,450 SF) 157 days Fri 3/20/20 Thu 10/29/20

312 RENO AUDITORIUM (7,350 SF) 56 days Tue 5/26/20 Wed 8/12/20

149 TRACK & FIELD IMPROVEMENTS 135 days Mon 6/1/20 Thu 12/10/20

168 RENO BAND HALL TO NEW CHOIR (2,275 SF) 63 days Fri 10/30/20 Tue 2/2/21

163 RENO PE GYM TO NEW WRESTLING (8,672 SF) 58 days Tue 12/29/20 Fri 3/19/21

189 RENO CHOIR TO NEW PERCUSSION (8,140 SF) 83 days Wed 2/3/21 Fri 5/28/21

233 RENO OLD ADMIN TO NEW SCIENCE ROOMS (10,300 SF) 80 days Fri 2/19/21 Mon 6/14/21

316 RENO BB/FB TO NEW CTE (9,470 SF)**** 114 days Mon 3/22/21 Mon 8/30/21

383 RENO LIFE SKILLS AREA (4,360 SF) 85 days Thu 4/1/21 Fri 7/30/21

210 RENO CONF. RM TO NEW CONCESS. & GREEN RM (650 SF) 35 days Tue 5/25/21 Wed 7/14/21

215 RENO ADMIN & STUDENT COMMONS TO NEW STUDENT COMMONS(15,610 SF)

56 days Tue 5/25/21 Thu 8/12/21

297 RENO HS CLASS RM FINISHES (35,730 SF) 56 days Tue 5/25/21 Thu 8/12/21

314 RENO VB LOCKER ROOM (1,350 SF) 56 days Tue 5/25/21 Thu 8/12/21

345 RENO SELECT HS CEILING GRID & LIGHTS (6,825 SF) 56 days Tue 5/25/21 Thu 8/12/21

349 RENO BB/SB TO NEW GOLF & WT ROOM (5,950 SF) 56 days Tue 5/25/21 Thu 8/12/21

377 RENO WOOD SHOP (9,650 SF) 65 days Tue 5/25/21 Wed 8/25/21

411 CONSTRUCTION AT RANDALL JR HIGH 378 days Tue 12/3/19 Fri 5/28/21

412 SITE IMPROVEMENTS 278 days Tue 12/3/19 Fri 1/8/21

427 JR HIGH CLASSROOM ADDITION (9,810 SF) 218 days Tue 12/3/19 Fri 10/9/20

467 JR HIGH GYM (9,800 SF) 188 days Fri 4/10/20 Fri 1/8/21

506 RENO TEACHERS WORK AREA (2,560 SF) 41 days Tue 5/26/20 Wed 7/22/20

524 RENO S.E. CORRIDOR (1,250 SF) 50 days Tue 5/26/20 Tue 8/4/20

529 RENO SELECT JR HS CEILINGS & LIGHTS (77,130 SF) 56 days Tue 5/26/20 Wed 8/12/20

534 RENO LIBRARY & CLASS ROOMS (12,860 SF) 56 days Tue 5/26/20 Wed 8/12/20

539 RENO EX'G GYM TO NEW WT ROOM (6,760 SF) 100 days Mon 1/11/21 Fri 5/28/21

0%

0%

0%

0%

12/2

5/22

5/24

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

S O N D J F M A M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S OHalf 2, 2019 Half 1, 2020 Half 2, 2020 Half 1, 2021 Half 2, 2021

Critical

Critical Split

Critical Progress

Task

Split

Task Progress

Baseline

Baseline Split

Baseline Milestone

Milestone

Summary Progress

Summary

Project Summary

External Tasks

External Milestone

Inactive Milestone

Inactive Summary

Manual Task

Duration-only

Manual Summary Rollup

Manual Summary

Start-only

Finish-only

External Tasks

External Milestone

Deadline

CISD RANDALL HIGH SCHOOL

Page 1

Page 39: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

02 October 2019 04 21 13 - 1 18150.0000Rev. 17 October 2019, Addendum No. 1

1 SECTION 04 21 132

3 BRICK MASONRY4

5

6 PART 1 – GENERAL7

8 1.1 SUMMARY9

10 A. Section Includes:11 1. Non-load bearing face brick for veneer wall construction.12 2. Build-in steel angle lintels and shelf angles, control joints, reinforcement, flashings and 13 building-in items supplied by other trades.14

15 B. Related Sections:16 1. Section 04 05 13 “Masonry Anchorage, Reinforcement, and Accessories”.17 2. Section 04 05 19 “Masonry Mortar and Grout”.18

19 1.2 REFERENCES20

21 A. American Society for Testing and Materials:22 1. ASTM C 67 - Sampling and Testing Brick and Structural Clay Tile.23 2. ASTM C 144 - Aggregate for Masonry Mortar.24 3. ASTM C 216 - Facing Brick.25

26 B. Masonry Society (The), American Concrete Institute, and American Society of Civil 27 Engineers:28 1. TMS 402/ACI 530/ASCE 5: Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures29 2. TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6: Specification for Masonry Structures30

31 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS32

33 A. Product Data: Provide data for each different masonry unit, accessory and other 34 manufactured products indicated.35

36 B. Samples: Masonry: Furnish two sets of individual samples of each size, shape and type of 37 brick masonry units as requested by Architect.38

39 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS40

41 A. Certificates: Submit manufacturer's certificates and acceptable laboratory test reports 42 attesting that materials furnished meet specified requirements.43

44 1.1 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS45

46 A. Extra Material: Provide 500 bricks of each color on site in location as determined by the 47 Architect for owner’s use at the end of the construction project. 48

Page 40: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

02 October 2019 04 21 13 - 2 18150.0000Rev. 17 October 2019, Addendum No. 1

1 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE2

3 A. Mock-Up:4 1. Construct 8'-0" wide x 4'-0" high panel, in configuration indicated on drawings, showing 5 proposed color range, texture, bond, mortar, jointing, reinforcement, ties, and 6 workmanship.7 2. Saturate brick masonry unit panel five days after laid and observe if panel effloresce. 8 Recommend cleaning procedures if necessary.9 3. Use panel as standard of comparison for masonry work built of same materials.10 4. Do not destroy or move panel until work is complete or as otherwise directed by 11 Architect.12 5. If substitutions are proposed construct one panel of approved specified brick and one 13 panel for each proposed substitution for a side by side comparison and approval by 14 Architect and Owner.15

16 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING17

18 A. Deliver masonry materials to project in undamaged condition.19

20 B. Store and handle masonry units a off the ground, under cover, and in a dry location to 21 prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, temperature changes, contaminants, 22 corrosion, and other causes. If units become wet, do not place until units are in an air-dried 23 condition.24

25 1.4 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS26

27 A. Environmental Requirements:28 1. Cold Weather Protection: When temperature of outside air is below 40 degrees F, pre-29 condition material and finish work in accordance with "Recommended Practices for Cold 30 Weather Masonry Construction", as published by International Masonry Industry All-31 Weather Council.32 2. Hot Weather Protection: Protect masonry construction from direct exposure to wind 33 and sun when erected in ambient air temperature of 99 degrees F in shade with relative 34 humidity less than 50 percent.35

36

37 PART 2 – PRODUCTS38

39 2.1 MANUFACTURERS40

41 A. Approved Brick by Blackson Brick, Contact Bart Snowden (214) 855-5051.: 42 1. High School43 a. Cloud Ceramics “Full Range Cocoa” Modular Velour44 b. Burnished 2110 Austin Limestone 4x8x1645 c. Split Face 110 Austin Limestone 4x4x1646

47 2. Jr High48 a. Cloud Ceramics “70/30 Cocoa Lite/Cocoa” Modular Velour49 b. Cloud Ceramics “Cocoa” Fluted 8x8 Special Shape 50

Page 41: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

02 October 2019 04 21 13 - 3 18150.0000Rev. 17 October 2019, Addendum No. 1

1 3. Fieldhouse2 a. Cloud Ceramics “Full Range Cocoa” Utility Size Velour3 B. Approved Brick by Acme Brick, Contact Rod Steph (806) 506-3005 : 4 1. High School5 a. KoKo Brown Modular Velour6 b. Lubbock Plant Limestone 4x8x167 c. Lubbock Plant Splitface Limestone 4x4x168

9 2. Jr High10 a. KoKo Modular Velour11 b. KoKo Fluted 8x8 Special Shape 12

13 C. Other Acceptable Brick Manufacturers:14 1. Boral Brick.15 2. Interstate Brick Co.16 3. Lakewood Brick Co.17 4. Tri-State Brick Co.18 5. Sioux City Brick and Tile Co.19 6. Summit Brick and Tile Co.20 7. Yankee Hill Brick Co.21

22 D. Substitutions: 23 1. Construct one mock-up panel of the approved brick and one mock up panel for each 24 proposed brick substitution offered by other acceptable brick manufacturers for approval 25 by Owner and Architect. 26 2. Comply with Section 01 25 00.27

28 2.2 MATERIALS29

30 A. Face Brick: ASTM C 216, Type FBS Grade SW.31

32 B. Special Shapes: Provide special shapes where indicated or required and units without core 33 holes where core holes would be exposed to view when in final position.34

35 C. Cleaning Agents:36 1. Combination of surface acting agents and wetting agent for general purpose cleaning of 37 new masonry surfaces.38 2. Verify reaction of cleaning agents on mock-up prior to application on building masonry. 39 Consult with product manufacturer for alternate product selection if adverse reactions 40 encountered.41 3. Acceptable Products as listed below:

Substrate Color/Type Cleaning Solution

Brick Red Sure Klean® 600 Detergent

Light Sure Klean® Vana Trol®

Dark Sure Klean® Vana Trol®

Pavers Sure Klean® 600 Detergent

Page 42: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

02 October 2019 04 21 13 - 4 18150.0000Rev. 17 October 2019, Addendum No. 1

Glazed Sure Klean® Vana Trol®

1

2

3 PART 3 – EXECUTION4

5 3.1 EXAMINATION 6

7 A. Verify items built-in by other trades for this work are properly located and sized.8

Page 43: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

02 October 2019 04 21 13 - 5 18150.0000Rev. 17 October 2019, Addendum No. 1

1 3.2 PREPARATION2

3 A. Establish lines, levels and coursing. Protect from disturbance.4

5 B. Determine brick absorption rates in accordance with ASTM C 67. Wet brick sufficiently 6 when necessary to provide absorption rate of less than 0.025 oz./sq.in./min.7

8 3.3 INSTALLATION9

10 A. Thickness: Build cavity and composite walls and other masonry to the full thickness shown.11

12 B. Perform brick masonry work in accordance with requirements of TMS 602/ACI 13 530.1/ASCE 6 unless modified by the Contract Documents.14

15 C. Apply compatible sealant or self-adhered sheet membrane strip, as recommended by air 16 barrier manufacturer behind masonry anchors to seal penetrations made by fasteners through 17 sheathing.18

19 D. Anchor masonry veneers to wall framing with masonry-veneer anchors to comply with the 20 following requirements:21 1. Fasten screw-attached anchors through sheathing to wall framing with metal fasteners of 22 type and quantity required for type of anchor indicated.23 2. Embed tie sections in masonry joints. Provide not less than 1-1/2 inches of air space 24 between back of masonry veneer and face of sheathing or rigid board insulation.25 3. Locate anchor sections to allow maximum vertical differential movement of ties up and 26 down.27 4. Space anchors as indicated on Drawings, but not more than 18 inches o.c. vertically and 28 24 inches o.c. horizontally, with not less than one anchor for each 2.67 sq. ft. of wall area. 29 Install additional anchors within 12 inches of openings and at intervals, not exceeding 36 30 inches, around perimeter.31

32 B. Place brick veneer masonry in accordance with lines and levels indicated.33

34 C. Fully bond external and internal corners and intersections.35

36 D. Isolate masonry partitions from vertical structural framing members with a control joint.37

38 E. Buttering corners of joints and deep or excessive furrowing of mortar joints is not permitted.39

40 F. Do not shift or tap masonry after mortar has taken initial set. Where adjustment must be 41 made, remove mortar and replace.42

43 G. Perform jobsite cutting with proper power tools to provide straight and true, unchipped 44 edges.45

46 H. Ensure masonry courses are of uniform height. Make vertical and horizontal joints equal and 47 of uniform thickness. Lay in full bed of mortar, properly jointed with other work.48

49 I. Keep expansion joint and cavity wall voids clear of mortar.50

51 J. Lay brick veneer masonry in running bond.52

Page 44: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

02 October 2019 04 21 13 - 6 18150.0000Rev. 17 October 2019, Addendum No. 1

1 K. When mortar is thumbprint hard, tool joints concave.2

3 L. Install weeps at 24" on center horizontally above wall flashing, shelf angles, and at bottom of 4 walls. Keep free of debris or mortar. Weeps shall sit on flashing below and not on mortar.5

6 M. If necessary to stop-off a horizontal run of masonry, rack back one half length in each 7 course. Toothing will not be permitted.8

9 N. Mortar Pointing: The old mortar should be cut out, by means of a toothing chisel or a special 10 pointer’s grinder, to a uniform depth of 3/4", or until sound mortar is reached.11

12 3.4 TOLERANCES13

14 A. Dimensions and Locations of Elements:15 1. For dimensions in cross section or elevation do not vary by more than plus 1/2 inch or 16 minus 1/4 inch.17 2. For location of elements in plan do not vary from that indicated by more than plus or 18 minus 1/2 inch.19 3. For location of elements in elevation do not vary from that indicated by more than plus 20 or minus 1/4 inch in a story height or 1/2 inch total.21

22 B. Lines and Levels:23 1. For bed joints and top surfaces of bearing walls do not vary from level by more than 1/4 24 inch in 10 feet, or 1/2 inch maximum.25 2. For conspicuous horizontal lines, such as lintels, sills, parapets, and reveals, do not vary 26 from level by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet, 1/4 inch in 20 feet, or 1/2 inch maximum.27 3. For vertical lines and surfaces do not vary from plumb by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet, 28 3/8 inch in 20 feet, or 1/2 inch maximum.29 4. For conspicuous vertical lines, such as external corners, door jambs, reveals, and 30 expansion and control joints, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet, 31 1/4 inch in 20 feet, or 1/2 inch maximum.32 5. For lines and surfaces do not vary from straight by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet, 3/8 33 inch in 20 feet, or 1/2 inch maximum.34 6. For vertical alignment of exposed head joints, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/4 35 inch in 10 feet, or 1/2 inch maximum.36 7. For faces of adjacent exposed masonry units, do not vary from flush alignment by more 37 than 1/16 inch except due to warpage of masonry units within tolerances specified for 38 warpage of units.39

40 C. Joints:41 1. For bed joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8 42 inch, with a maximum thickness limited to 1/2 inch; do not vary from bed-joint thickness 43 of adjacent courses by more than 1/8 inch.44 2. For exposed head joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus or 45 minus 1/8 inch. 46 3. For exposed bed joints and head joints of stacked bond, do not vary from a straight line 47 by more than 1/16 inch from one masonry unit to the next.48

49 3.5 CONTROL JOINTS50

51 A. Provide control joints in brick veneer masonry work. Do not continue horizontal masonry 52 reinforcing across joints.

Page 45: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

02 October 2019 04 21 13 - 7 18150.0000Rev. 17 October 2019, Addendum No. 1

1

2 B. Install Control Joints at Following Locations:3 1. Changes in thickness, height and direction.4 2. Within 4'-0" of corners and offsets.5 3. At structure control joints or expansion joints.6 4. At foundation walls, shelf angles, setbacks and at materials expanding at different rates.7 5. Maximum 30'-0" on center vertical control joints in uninterrupted walls.8

9 C. Seal expansion and control joints as specified in Section 07 92 00.10

11 3.6 BUILT-IN WORK12

13 A. As work progresses, build-in steel angle lintels anchor bolts, plates and other items supplied 14 by other trades.15

16 B. Build-in items plumb, and true to lines and levels.17

18 C. Do not build-in organic materials which will be subjected to decomposition or deterioration.19

20 3.7 CUTTING AND FITTING21

22 A. Do not cut or fit any area which is not indicated on drawings or which may impair 23 appearance or strength of brick veneer masonry work.24

25 3.8 CLEANING26

27 A. Remove excess mortar and smears. Dry brush at end of each day's work.28

29 B. Point or replace defective mortar to match adjacent work.30

31 C. Clean brick surfaces as recommended by cleaning material manufacturer.32

33 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL34

35 A. Provide informal water test on cavity after approximately 4 courses of masonry have been 36 laid above flashing.37

38 3.10 PROTECTION39

40 A. Maintain protective boards at exposed external corners which may be damaged by 41 construction activities. Provide such protection without damaging completed work.42

43 B. Keep tops of walls covered with non-staining waterproof coverings when work is not in 44 progress. To prevent entry of moisture, overlap walls minimum two feet with waterproof 45 covering.46

47 C. Maintain waterproof coverings at areas of existing buildings where masonry repair or 48 patching is underway.49

50 D. Protect masonry materials during storage and construction from wetting by rain, snow or 51 ground water from soilage or intermixture with earth or other materials.52

Page 46: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

02 October 2019 04 21 13 - 8 18150.0000Rev. 17 October 2019, Addendum No. 1

1 E. Do not use metal reinforcing or ties having loose rust or other coatings, including ice, which 2 will reduce or destroy bond.3

4 F. In exposed work, do not use masonry units with chips, cracks, voids, discolorations or other 5 defects which might be visible or cause staining in finished work.6

7 G. Comply with governing codes and with "Construction and Protection Recommendations for 8 Cold Weather Brick Masonry Construction" of Technical Notes of Brick Institute of 9 America.10

11

12 END OF SECTION

Page 47: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

RANDALL HIGH SCHOOL 18150.0000

AMARILLO, TX

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 1

SECTION 087100 – DOOR HARDWARE

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary

Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes commercial door hardware for the following:

1. Swinging doors.

B. Door hardware includes, but is not necessarily limited to, the following:

1. Mechanical door hardware.

2. Electromechanical door hardware.

3. Cylinders specified for doors in other sections.

C. Related Sections:

1. Division 08 Section “Hollow Metal Doors and Frames”.

2. Division 08 Section “Interior Aluminum Doors and Frames”.

3. Division 08 Section “Flush Wood Doors”.

4. Division 08 Section “Aluminum-Framed Entrances and Storefronts”.

5. Division 28 Section “Access Control”.

D. Codes and References: Comply with the version year adopted by the Authority Having

Jurisdiction.

1. ANSI A117.1 - Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities.

2. ICC/IBC - International Building Code.

3. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.

4. NFPA 80 - Fire Doors and Windows.

5. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code.

6. NFPA 105 - Installation of Smoke Door Assemblies.

7. State Building Codes, Local Amendments.

E. Standards: All hardware specified herein shall comply with the following industry standards:

1. ANSI/BHMA Certified Product Standards - A156 Series

2. UL10C – Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies

Page 48: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

RANDALL HIGH SCHOOL 18150.0000

AMARILLO, TX

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 2

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: Manufacturer's product data sheets including installation details, material

descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, operational descriptions and

finishes.

B. Door Hardware Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, detailing fabrication

and assembly of door hardware, as well as procedures and diagrams. Coordinate the final Door

Hardware Schedule with doors, frames, and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand,

function, and finish of door hardware.

1. Format: Comply with scheduling sequence and vertical format in DHI's "Sequence and

Format for the Hardware Schedule."

2. Organization: Organize the Door Hardware Schedule into door hardware sets indicating

complete designations of every item required for each door or opening. Organize door

hardware sets in same order as in the Door Hardware Sets at the end of Part 3. Submittals

that do not follow the same format and order as the Door Hardware Sets will be rejected

and subject to resubmission.

3. Content: Include the following information:

a. Type, style, function, size, label, hand, and finish of each door hardware

item.

b. Manufacturer of each item.

c. Fastenings and other pertinent information.

d. Location of door hardware set, cross-referenced to Drawings, both on floor

plans and in door and frame schedule.

e. Explanation of abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in schedule.

f. Mounting locations for door hardware.

g. Door and frame sizes and materials.

h. Warranty information for each product.

4. Submittal Sequence: Submit the final Door Hardware Schedule at earliest possible date,

particularly where approval of the Door Hardware Schedule must precede fabrication of

other work that is critical in the Project construction schedule. Include Product Data,

Samples, Shop Drawings of other work affected by door hardware, and other information

essential to the coordinated review of the Door Hardware Schedule.

C. Shop Drawings: Details of electrified access control hardware indicating the following:

1. Wiring Diagrams: Upon receipt of approved schedules, submit detailed system wiring

diagrams for power, signaling, monitoring, communication, and control of the access

control system electrified hardware. Differentiate between manufacturer-installed and

field-installed wiring. Include the following:

a. Elevation diagram of each unique access controlled opening showing

location and interconnection of major system components with respect to

their placement in the respective door openings.

Page 49: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

RANDALL HIGH SCHOOL 18150.0000

AMARILLO, TX

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 3

b. Complete (risers, point-to-point) access control system block wiring

diagrams.

c. Wiring instructions for each electronic component scheduled herein.

2. Electrical Coordination: Coordinate with related sections the voltages and wiring details

required at electrically controlled and operated hardware openings.

D. Keying Schedule: After a keying meeting with the owner has taken place prepare a separate

keying schedule detailing final instructions. Submit the keying schedule in electronic format.

Include keying system explanation, door numbers, key set symbols, hardware set numbers and

special instructions. Owner must approve submitted keying schedule prior to the ordering of

permanent cylinders/cores.

E. Informational Submittals:

1. Product Test Reports: Indicating compliance with cycle testing requirements, based on

evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a

qualified independent testing agency.

F. Operating and Maintenance Manuals: Provide manufacturers operating and maintenance

manuals for each item comprising the complete door hardware installation in quantity as

required in Division 01, Closeout Submittals.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Manufacturers Qualifications: Engage qualified manufacturers with a minimum 5 years of

documented experience in producing hardware and equipment similar to that indicated for this

Project and that have a proven record of successful in-service performance.

B. Installer Qualifications: A minimum 3 years documented experience installing both standard

and electrified door hardware similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this

Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service

performance.

C. Door Hardware Supplier Qualifications: Experienced commercial door hardware distributors

with a minimum 5 years documented experience supplying both mechanical and

electromechanical hardware installations comparable in material, design, and extent to that

indicated for this Project. Supplier recognized as a factory direct distributor by the

manufacturers of the primary materials with a warehousing facility in Project's vicinity.

Supplier to have on staff a certified Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC) available during

the course of the Work to consult with Contractor, Architect, and Owner concerning both

standard and electromechanical door hardware and keying.

D. Source Limitations: Obtain each type and variety of door hardware specified in this section

from a single source unless otherwise indicated.

1. Electrified modifications or enhancements made to a source manufacturer's product line

by a secondary or third party source will not be accepted.

Page 50: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

RANDALL HIGH SCHOOL 18150.0000

AMARILLO, TX

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 4

2. Provide electromechanical door hardware from the same manufacturer as mechanical

door hardware, unless otherwise indicated.

E. Each unit to bear third party permanent label demonstrating compliance with the referenced

standards.

F. Keying Conference: Conduct conference to comply with requirements in Division 01 Section

"Project Meetings." Keying conference to incorporate the following criteria into the final keying

schedule document:

1. Function of building, purpose of each area and degree of security required.

2. Plans for existing and future key system expansion.

3. Requirements for key control storage and software.

4. Installation of permanent keys, cylinder cores and software.

5. Address and requirements for delivery of keys.

G. Pre-Submittal Conference: Conduct coordination conference in compliance with requirements

in Division 01 Section "Project Meetings" with attendance by representatives of Supplier(s),

Installer(s), and Contractor(s) to review proper methods and the procedures for receiving,

handling, and installing door hardware.

1. Prior to installation of door hardware, conduct a project specific training meeting to

instruct the installing contractors' personnel on the proper installation and adjustment of

their respective products. Product training to be attended by installers of door hardware

(including electromechanical hardware) for aluminum, hollow metal and wood doors.

Training will include the use of installation manuals, hardware schedules, templates and

physical product samples as required.

2. Inspect and discuss electrical roughing-in, power supply connections, and other

preparatory work performed by other trades.

3. Review sequence of operation narratives for each unique access controlled opening.

4. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials.

5. Review the required inspecting, testing, commissioning, and demonstration procedures

H. At completion of installation, provide written documentation that components were applied to

manufacturer's instructions and recommendations and according to approved schedule.

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Inventory door hardware on receipt and provide secure lock-up and shelving for door hardware

delivered to Project site. Do not store electronic access control hardware, software or

accessories at Project site without prior authorization.

B. Tag each item or package separately with identification related to the final Door Hardware

Schedule, and include basic installation instructions with each item or package.

C. Deliver, as applicable, permanent keys, cylinders, cores, access control credentials, software

and related accessories directly to Owner via registered mail or overnight package service.

Instructions for delivery to the Owner shall be established at the "Keying Conference".

Page 51: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

RANDALL HIGH SCHOOL 18150.0000

AMARILLO, TX

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 5

1.6 COORDINATION

A. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for doors, frames, and other

work specified to be factory prepared for installing standard and electrified hardware. Check

Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and

installing hardware to comply with indicated requirements.

B. Door Hardware and Electrical Connections: Coordinate the layout and installation of scheduled

electrified door hardware and related access control equipment with required connections to

source power junction boxes, low voltage power supplies, detection and monitoring hardware,

and fire and detection alarm systems.

C. Door and Frame Preparation: Doors and corresponding frames are to be prepared, reinforced

and pre-wired (if applicable) to receive the installation of the specified electrified, monitoring,

signaling and access control system hardware without additional in-field modifications.

1.7 WARRANTY

A. General Warranty: Reference Division 01, General Requirements. Special warranties specified

in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions

of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties

made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents.

B. Warranty Period: Written warranty, executed by manufacturer(s), agreeing to repair or replace

components of standard and electrified door hardware that fails in materials or workmanship

within specified warranty period after final acceptance by the Owner. Failures include, but are

not limited to, the following:

1. Structural failures including excessive deflection, cracking, or breakage.

2. Faulty operation of the hardware.

3. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering.

4. Electrical component defects and failures within the systems operation.

C. Standard Warranty Period: One year from date of Substantial Completion, unless otherwise

indicated.

D. Special Warranty Periods:

1. Ten years for extra heavy duty cylindrical (bored) locks and latches.

2. Five years for exit hardware.

3. Twenty five years for manual surface door closer bodies.

4. Twenty five years for manual surface door closer bodies.

5. Twenty five years for manual surface door closer bodies.

6. Two years for electromechanical door hardware.

Page 52: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

RANDALL HIGH SCHOOL 18150.0000

AMARILLO, TX

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 6

1.8 MAINTENANCE SERVICE

A. Maintenance Tools and Instructions: Furnish a complete set of specialized tools and

maintenance instructions as needed for Owner's continued adjustment, maintenance, and

removal and replacement of door hardware.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SCHEDULED DOOR HARDWARE

A. General: Provide door hardware for each door to comply with requirements in Door Hardware

Sets and each referenced section that products are to be supplied under.

B. Designations: Requirements for quantity, item, size, finish or color, grade, function, and other

distinctive qualities of each type of door hardware are indicated in the Door Hardware Sets at

the end of Part 3. Products are identified by using door hardware designations, as follows:

1. Named Manufacturer's Products: Product designation and manufacturer are listed for

each door hardware type required for the purpose of establishing requirements.

Manufacturers' names are abbreviated in the Door Hardware Schedule.

C. Substitutions: Requests for substitution and product approval for inclusive mechanical and

electromechanical door hardware in compliance with the specifications must be submitted in

writing and in accordance with the procedures and time frames outlined in Division 01,

Substitution Procedures. Approval of requests is at the discretion of the architect, owner, and

their designated consultants.

2.2 HANGING DEVICES

A. Hinges: ANSI/BHMA A156.1 certified butt hinges with number of hinge knuckles and other

options as specified in the Door Hardware Sets.

1. Quantity: Provide the following hinge quantity:

a. Two Hinges: For doors with heights up to 60 inches.

b. Three Hinges: For doors with heights 61 to 90 inches.

c. Four Hinges: For doors with heights 91 to 120 inches.

d. For doors with heights more than 120 inches, provide 4 hinges, plus 1 hinge

for every 30 inches of door height greater than 120 inches.

2. Hinge Size: Provide the following, unless otherwise indicated, with hinge widths sized

for door thickness and clearances required:

a. Widths up to 3’0”: 4-1/2” standard or heavy weight as specified.

b. Sizes from 3’1” to 4’0”: 5” standard or heavy weight as specified.

3. Hinge Weight and Base Material: Unless otherwise indicated, provide the following:

Page 53: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

RANDALL HIGH SCHOOL 18150.0000

AMARILLO, TX

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 7

a. Exterior Doors: Heavy weight, non-ferrous, ball bearing or oil impregnated

bearing hinges unless Hardware Sets indicate standard weight.

b. Interior Doors: Standard weight, steel, ball bearing or oil impregnated

bearing hinges unless Hardware Sets indicate heavy weight.

4. Hinge Options: Comply with the following:

a. Non-removable Pins: Provide set screw in hinge barrel that, when tightened

into a groove in hinge pin, prevents removal of pin while door is closed; for

the all out-swinging lockable doors.

5. Manufacturers:

a. McKinney Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories (MK) -

TA Series.

2.3 DOOR OPERATING TRIM

A. Flush Bolts and Surface Bolts: ANSI/BHMA A156.3 and A156.16, Grade 1, certified.

1. Flush bolts to be furnished with top rod of sufficient length to allow bolt retraction device

location approximately six feet from the floor.

2. Furnish dust proof strikes for bottom bolts.

3. Surface bolts to be minimum 8” in length and U.L. listed for labeled fire doors and U.L.

listed for windstorm components where applicable.

4. Provide related accessories (mounting brackets, strikes, coordinators, etc.) as required for

appropriate installation and operation.

5. Manufacturers:

a. Rockwood Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories (RO).

B. Door Push Plates and Pulls: ANSI/BHMA A156.6 certified door pushes and pulls of type and

design specified in the Hardware Sets. Coordinate and provide proper width and height as

required where conflicting hardware dictates.

1. Push/Pull Plates: Minimum .050 inch thick, size as indicated in hardware sets, with

beveled edges, secured with exposed screws unless otherwise indicated.

2. Door Pull and Push Bar Design: Size, shape, and material as indicated in the hardware

sets. Minimum clearance of 2 1/2-inches from face of door unless otherwise indicated.

3. Offset Pull Design: Size, shape, and material as indicated in the hardware sets. Minimum

clearance of 2 1/2-inches from face of door and offset of 90 degrees unless otherwise

indicated.

4. Fasteners: Provide manufacturer's designated fastener type as indicated in Hardware Sets.

5. Manufacturers:

a. Rockwood Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories (RO).

Page 54: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

RANDALL HIGH SCHOOL 18150.0000

AMARILLO, TX

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 8

2.4 CYLINDERS AND KEYING

A. General: Cylinder manufacturer to have minimum (10) years experience designing secured

master key systems and have on record a published security keying system policy.

B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of keyed cylinder and keys from the same source

manufacturer as locksets and exit devices, unless otherwise indicated.

1. Manufacturers:

a. Sargent Manufacturing (SA).

b. No Substitution.

C. Cylinders: Original manufacturer cylinders complying with the following:

1. Mortise Type: Threaded cylinders with rings and cams to suit hardware application.

2. Rim Type: Cylinders with back plate, flat-type vertical or horizontal tailpiece, and raised

trim ring.

3. Bored-Lock Type: Cylinders with tailpieces to suit locks.

4. Mortise and rim cylinder collars to be solid and recessed to allow the cylinder face to be

flush and be free spinning with matching finishes.

5. Keyway: Match Facility Standard.

D. Permanent Cores: Manufacturer's standard; finish face to match lockset; complying with the

following:

1. Removable Cores: Core insert, removable by use of a special key, and for use with only

the core manufacturer's cylinder and door hardware. Provide removable core (small or

large format) as specified in Hardware Sets.

E. Keying System: Each type of lock and cylinders to be factory keyed.

1. Conduct specified "Keying Conference" to define and document keying system

instructions and requirements.

2. Furnish factory cut, nickel-silver large bow permanently inscribed with a visual key

control number as directed by Owner.

3. Existing System: Key locks to Owner's existing system.

F. Key Quantity: Provide the following minimum number of keys:

1. Change Keys per Cylinder: Three (3).

2. Master Keys (per Master Key Level/Group): Five (5).

3. Construction Keys (where required): Ten (10).

4. Permanent Control Keys (where required): Two (2).

G. Construction Keying: Provide temporary keyed construction cores.

H. Key Registration List (Bitting List):

1. Provide keying transcript list to Owner's representative in the proper format for importing

into key control software.

Page 55: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

RANDALL HIGH SCHOOL 18150.0000

AMARILLO, TX

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 9

2. Provide transcript list in writing or electronic file as directed by the Owner.

I. Key Control Cabinet: Provide a key control system including envelopes, labels, and tags with

self-locking key clips, receipt forms, 3-way visible card index, temporary markers, permanent

markers, and standard metal cabinet. Key control cabinet shall have expansion capacity of

150% of the number of locks required for the project.

1. Manufacturers:

a. Lund Equipment (LU).

b. MMF Industries (MM).

c. Telkee (TK).

2.5 MECHANICAL LOCKS AND LATCHING DEVICES

A. Tubular Locksets, Grade 1 (Extra-Heavy Duty): ANSI/BHMA A156.2 Series 4000, Grade 1

certified.

1. Locksets to withstand 3000 inch pounds of torque applied to the locked lever without

gaining access.

2. Locksets to fit a standard 2 1/8” bore without the use of through-bolts.

3. Lever handles to be made of solid material with no plastic fillers.

4. Latchbolt head to be one-piece stainless steel construction encased within the lock body.

5. Extended cycle test: Locks to have been cycle tested in ordinance with ANSI/BHMA

A156.2 requirements to 34 million cycles.

6. Furnish with standard 2 3/4” backset and 1/2" throw latchbolt (3/4" at rated paired

openings).

7. Manufacturers:

a. Sargent Manufacturing (SA) – 11 Line.

b. No Substitution.

2.6 LOCK AND LATCH STRIKES

A. Strikes: Provide manufacturer's standard strike with strike box for each latch or lock bolt, with

curved lip extended to protect frame, finished to match door hardware set, unless otherwise

indicated, and as follows:

1. Flat-Lip Strikes: For locks with three-piece antifriction latchbolts, as recommended by

manufacturer.

2. Extra-Long-Lip Strikes: For locks used on frames with applied wood casing trim.

Page 56: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

RANDALL HIGH SCHOOL 18150.0000

AMARILLO, TX

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 10

3. Aluminum-Frame Strike Box: Provide manufacturer's special strike box fabricated for

aluminum framing.

4. Double-lipped strikes: For locks at double acting doors. Furnish with retractable stop for

rescue hardware applications.

B. Standards: Comply with the following:

1. Strikes for Mortise Locks and Latches: BHMA A156.13.

2. Strikes for Bored Locks and Latches: BHMA A156.2.

3. Strikes for Auxiliary Deadlocks: BHMA A156.36.

4. Dustproof Strikes: BHMA A156.16.

2.7 ELECTRIC STRIKES

A. Standard Electric Strikes: Heavy duty, cylindrical and mortise lock electric strikes conforming

to ANSI/BHMA A156.31, Grade 1, UL listed for both Burglary Resistance and for use on fire

rated door assemblies. Stainless steel construction with dual interlocking plunger design tested

to exceed 3000 lbs. of static strength and 350 ft-lbs. of dynamic strength. Strikes tested for a

minimum 1 million operating cycles. Provide strikes with 12 or 24 VDC capability and supplied

standard as fail-secure unless otherwise specified. Provide latchbolt and latchbolt strike

monitoring indicating both the position of the latchbolt and locked condition of the strike where

specified.

1. Manufacturers:

a. HES (HS).

B. Surface Mounted Rim Electric Strikes: Surface mounted rim exit device electric strikes

conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.31, Grade 1, and UL Listed for both Burglary Resistance

and for use on fire rated door assemblies. Construction includes internally mounted solenoid

with two heavy-duty, stainless steel locking mechanisms operating independently to provide

tamper resistance. Strikes tested for a minimum of 500,000 operating cycles. Provide strikes

with 12 or 24 VDC capability supplied standard as fail-secure unless otherwise specified.

Option available for latchbolt and latchbolt strike monitoring indicating both the position of the

latchbolt and locked condition of the strike. Strike requires no cutting to the jamb prior to

installation.

1. Manufacturers:

a. HES (HS) - 9400 Series

b. HES (HS) - 9500/9600 Series.

C. Provide electric strikes with in-line power controller and surge suppressor by the same

manufacturer as the strike with the combined products having a five year warranty.

Page 57: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

RANDALL HIGH SCHOOL 18150.0000

AMARILLO, TX

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 11

2.8 CONVENTIONAL EXIT DEVICES

A. General Requirements: All exit devices specified herein shall meet or exceed the following

criteria:

1. At doors not requiring a fire rating, provide devices complying with NFPA 101 and listed

and labeled for "Panic Hardware" according to UL305. Provide proper fasteners as

required by manufacturer including sex nuts and bolts at openings specified in the

Hardware Sets.

2. Where exit devices are required on fire rated doors, provide devices complying with

NFPA 80 and with UL labeling indicating "Fire Exit Hardware". Provide devices with the

proper fasteners for installation as tested and listed by UL. Consult manufacturer’s

catalog and template book for specific requirements.

3. Except on fire rated doors, provide exit devices with hex key dogging device to hold the

pushbar and latch in a retracted position. Provide optional keyed cylinder dogging on

devices where specified in Hardware Sets.

4. Devices must fit flat against the door face with no gap that permits unauthorized dogging

of the push bar. The addition of filler strips is required in any case where the door light

extends behind the device as in a full glass configuration.

5. Energy Efficient Design: Provide lock bodies which have a holding current draw of

15mA maximum, and can operate on either 12 or 24 volts. Locks are to be field

configurable for fail safe or fail secure operation.

6. Motorized Electric Latch Retraction: Devices with an electric latch retraction feature

must use motors which have a maximum current draw of 600mA. Solenoid driven latch

retraction is not acceptable.

7. Lever Operating Trim: Where exit devices require lever trim, furnish manufacturer's

heavy duty escutcheon trim with threaded studs for thru-bolts.

a. Lock Trim Design: As indicated in Hardware Sets, provide finishes and

designs to match that of the specified locksets.

b. Where function of exit device requires a cylinder, provide a cylinder (Rim or

Mortise) as specified in Hardware Sets.

8. Vertical Rod Exit Devices: Where surface or concealed vertical rod exit devices are used

at interior openings, provide as less bottom rod (LBR) unless otherwise indicated.

Provide dust proof strikes where thermal pins are required to project into the floor.

9. Narrow Stile Applications: At doors constructed with narrow stiles, or as specified in

Hardware Sets, provide devices designed for maximum 2” wide stiles.

10. Dummy Push Bar: Nonfunctioning push bar matching functional push bar.

11. Extended cycle test: Devices to have been cycle tested in ordinance with ANSI/BHMA

156.3 requirements to 50 million cycles.

Page 58: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

RANDALL HIGH SCHOOL 18150.0000

AMARILLO, TX

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 12

12. Rail Sizing: Provide exit device rails factory sized for proper door width application.

13. Through Bolt Installation: For exit devices and trim as indicated in Door Hardware Sets.

B. Conventional Push Rail Exit Devices (Heavy Duty): ANSI/BHMA A156.3, Grade 1 certified

panic and fire exit hardware devices furnished in the functions specified in the Hardware Sets.

Exit device latch to be stainless steel, pullman type, with deadlock feature.

1. Manufacturers:

a. Sargent Manufacturing (SA) - 80 Series.

b. No Substitution.

C. Tube Steel Removable Mullions: ANSI/BHMA A156.3 removable steel mullions with

malleable-iron top and bottom retainers and a primed paint finish.

1. Provide keyed removable feature where specified in the Hardware Sets.

2. Provide stabilizers and mounting brackets as required.

3. Provide electrical quick connection wiring options as specified in the hardware sets.

4. Manufacturers:

a. Stanley Precision (PR) - 822 Series.

2.9 DOOR CLOSERS

A. All door closers specified herein shall meet or exceed the following criteria:

1. General: Door closers to be from one manufacturer, matching in design and style, with

the same type door preparations and templates regardless of application or spring size.

Closers to be non-handed with full sized covers including installation and adjusting

information on inside of cover.

2. Standards: Closers to comply with UL-10C for Positive Pressure Fire Test and be U.L.

listed for use of fire rated doors.

3. Cycle Testing: Provide closers which have surpassed 15 million cycles in a test witnessed

and verified by UL.

4. Size of Units: Comply with manufacturer's written recommendations for sizing of door

closers depending on size of door, exposure to weather, and anticipated frequency of use.

Where closers are indicated for doors required to be accessible to the physically

handicapped, provide units complying with ANSI ICC/A117.1.

5. Closer Arms: Provide heavy duty, forged steel closer arms unless otherwise indicated in

Hardware Sets.

Page 59: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

RANDALL HIGH SCHOOL 18150.0000

AMARILLO, TX

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 13

6. Closers shall not be installed on exterior or corridor side of doors; where possible install

closers on door for optimum aesthetics.

7. Closer Accessories: Provide door closer accessories including custom templates, special

mounting brackets, spacers and drop plates as required for proper installation. Provide

through-bolt and security type fasteners as specified in the hardware sets.

B. Door Closers, Surface Mounted (Heavy Duty): ANSI/BHMA A156.4, Grade 1 surface

mounted, heavy duty door closers with complete spring power adjustment, sizes 1 thru 6; and

fully operational adjustable according to door size, frequency of use, and opening force. Closers

to be rack and pinion type, one piece cast iron or aluminum alloy body construction, with

adjustable backcheck and separate non-critical valves for closing sweep and latch speed control.

Provide non-handed units standard.

1. Manufacturers:

a. Sargent Manufacturing (SA) - 1431 Series

b. Sargent Manufacturing (SA) - 351 Series.

c. No Substitution.

2.10 ARCHITECTURAL TRIM

A. Door Protective Trim

1. General: Door protective trim units to be of type and design as specified below or in the

Hardware Sets.

2. Size: Fabricate protection plates (kick, armor, or mop) not more than 2" less than door

width (LDW) on stop side of single doors and 1” LDW on stop side of pairs of doors, and

not more than 1" less than door width on pull side. Coordinate and provide proper width

and height as required where conflicting hardware dictates. Height to be as specified in

the Hardware Sets.

3. Where plates are applied to fire rated doors with the top of the plate more than 16” above

the bottom of the door, provide plates complying with NFPA 80. Consult manufacturer’s

catalog and template book for specific requirements for size and applications.

4. Protection Plates: ANSI/BHMA A156.6 certified protection plates (kick, armor, or mop),

fabricated from the following:

a. Stainless Steel: 300 grade, 050-inch thick.

5. Options and fasteners: Provide manufacturer's designated fastener type as specified in the

Hardware Sets. Provide countersunk screw holes.

6. Manufacturers:

a. Rockwood Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories (RO).

Page 60: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

RANDALL HIGH SCHOOL 18150.0000

AMARILLO, TX

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 14

2.11 DOOR STOPS AND HOLDERS

A. General: Door stops and holders to be of type and design as specified below or in the Hardware

Sets.

B. Door Stops and Bumpers: ANSI/BHMA A156.16, Grade 1 certified door stops and wall

bumpers. Provide wall bumpers, either convex or concave types with anchorage as indicated,

unless floor or other types of door stops are specified in Hardware Sets. Do not mount floor

stops where they will impede traffic. Where floor or wall bumpers are not appropriate, provide

overhead type stops and holders.

1. Manufacturers:

a. Rockwood Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories (RO).

C. Overhead Door Stops and Holders: ANSI/BHMA A156.6, Grade 1 certified overhead stops and

holders to be surface or concealed types as indicated in Hardware Sets. Track, slide, arm and

jamb bracket to be constructed of extruded bronze and shock absorber spring of heavy tempered

steel. Provide non-handed design with mounting brackets as required for proper operation and

function.

1. Manufacturers:

a. Rockwood Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories (RO).

2.12 ARCHITECTURAL SEALS

A. General: Thresholds, weatherstripping, and gasket seals to be of type and design as specified

below or in the Hardware Sets. Provide continuous weatherstrip gasketing on exterior doors and

provide smoke, light, or sound gasketing on interior doors where indicated. At exterior

applications provide non-corrosive fasteners and elsewhere where indicated.

B. Smoke Labeled Gasketing: Assemblies complying with NFPA 105 that are listed and labeled by

a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for smoke control

ratings indicated, based on testing according to UL 1784.

1. Provide smoke labeled perimeter gasketing at all smoke labeled openings.

C. Fire Labeled Gasketing: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a

testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire ratings

indicated, based on testing according to UL-10C.

1. Provide intumescent seals as indicated to meet UL10C Standard for Positive Pressure

Fire Tests of Door Assemblies, and NPFA 252, Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door

Assemblies.

D. Sound-Rated Gasketing: Assemblies that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting

agency, for sound ratings indicated.

Page 61: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

RANDALL HIGH SCHOOL 18150.0000

AMARILLO, TX

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 15

E. Replaceable Seal Strips: Provide only those units where resilient or flexible seal strips are easily

replaceable and readily available from stocks maintained by manufacturer.

F. Manufacturers:

1. Pemko Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories (PE).

2.13 ELECTRONIC ACCESSORIES

A. Door Position Switches: Door position magnetic reed contact switches specifically designed for

use in commercial door applications. On recessed models the contact and magnetic housing

snap-lock into a 1" diameter hole. Surface mounted models include wide gap distance design

complete with armored flex cabling. Provide SPDT, N/O switches with optional Rare Earth

Magnet installation on steel doors with flush top channels.

1. Manufacturers:

a. Securitron (SU) - DPS Series.

B. Power Supplies: Provide Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory Listed 12VDC or 24VDC

(field selectable) filtered and regulated power supplies. Include battery backup option with

integral battery charging capability in addition to operating the DC load in event of line voltage

failure. Provide the least number of units, at the appropriate amperage level, sufficient to exceed

the required total draw for the specified electrified hardware and access control equipment.

1. Manufacturers:

a. Securitron (SU) - BPS Series.

2.14 FABRICATION

A. Fasteners: Provide door hardware manufactured to comply with published templates generally

prepared for machine, wood, and sheet metal screws. Provide screws according to

manufacturers recognized installation standards for application intended.

2.15 FINISHES

A. Standard: Designations used in the Hardware Sets and elsewhere indicate hardware finishes

complying with ANSI/BHMA A156.18, including coordination with traditional U.S. finishes

indicated by certain manufacturers for their products.

B. Provide quality of finish, including thickness of plating or coating (if any), composition,

hardness, and other qualities complying with manufacturer's standards, but in no case less than

specified by referenced standards for the applicable units of hardware

C. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable,

temporary protective covering before shipping.

Page 62: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

RANDALL HIGH SCHOOL 18150.0000

AMARILLO, TX

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 16

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine scheduled openings, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for

installation tolerances, labeled fire door assembly construction, wall and floor construction, and

other conditions affecting performance.

B. Notify architect of any discrepancies or conflicts between the door schedule, door types,

drawings and scheduled hardware. Proceed only after such discrepancies or conflicts have been

resolved in writing.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Hollow Metal Doors and Frames: Comply with ANSI/DHI A115 series.

B. Wood Doors: Comply with ANSI/DHI A115-W series.

3.3 INSTALLATION

A. Install each item of mechanical and electromechanical hardware and access control equipment

to comply with manufacturer's written instructions and according to specifications.

1. Installers are to be trained and certified by the manufacturer on the proper installation and

adjustment of fire, life safety, and security products including: hanging devices; locking

devices; closing devices; and seals.

B. Mounting Heights: Mount door hardware units at heights indicated in following applicable

publications, unless specifically indicated or required to comply with governing regulations:

1. Standard Steel Doors and Frames: DHI's "Recommended Locations for Architectural

Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames."

2. Wood Doors: DHI WDHS.3, "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for

Wood Flush Doors."

3. Where indicated to comply with accessibility requirements, comply with ANSI A117.1

"Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities."

4. Provide blocking in drywall partitions where wall stops or other wall mounted hardware

is located.

C. Retrofitting: Install door hardware to comply with manufacturer's published templates and

written instructions. Where cutting and fitting are required to install door hardware onto or into

surfaces that are later to be painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage, and

reinstallation of surface protective trim units with finishing work specified in Division 9

Sections. Do not install surface-mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrates

involved.

Page 63: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

RANDALL HIGH SCHOOL 18150.0000

AMARILLO, TX

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 17

D. Thresholds: Set thresholds for exterior and acoustical doors in full bed of sealant complying

with requirements specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants."

E. Storage: Provide a secure lock up for hardware delivered to the project but not yet installed.

Control the handling and installation of hardware items so that the completion of the work will

not be delayed by hardware losses before and after installation.

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Field Inspection: Supplier will perform a final inspection of installed door hardware and state in

report whether work complies with or deviates from requirements, including whether door

hardware is properly installed, operating and adjusted.

3.5 ADJUSTING

A. Initial Adjustment: Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each door to

ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to

operate as intended. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating

and ventilating equipment and to comply with referenced accessibility requirements.

3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. Protect all hardware stored on construction site in a covered and dry place. Protect exposed

hardware installed on doors during the construction phase. Install any and all hardware at the

latest possible time frame.

B. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by door hardware installation.

C. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper finish. Provide final protection and

maintain conditions that ensure door hardware is without damage or deterioration at time of

owner occupancy.

3.7 DEMONSTRATION

A. Instruct Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain mechanical and

electromechanical door hardware.

3.8 DOOR HARDWARE SETS

A. The hardware sets represent the design intent and direction of the owner and architect. They are

a guideline only and should not be considered a detailed hardware schedule. Discrepancies,

conflicting hardware and missing items should be brought to the attention of the architect with

corrections made prior to the bidding process. Omitted items not included in a hardware set

should be scheduled with the appropriate additional hardware required for proper application

and functionality.

Page 64: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

RANDALL HIGH SCHOOL 18150.0000

AMARILLO, TX

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 18

B. The supplier is responsible for handing and sizing all products and providing the correct option

for the appropriate door type and material where more than one is presented in the hardware

sets. Quantities listed are for each pair of doors, or for each single door.

C. Manufacturer’s Abbreviations:

1. MK - McKinney

2. OT - OTHER

3. SR - Securitech

4. RO - Rockwood

5. DE - Detex Corporation

6. SA - SARGENT

7. HS - HES

8. RF - Rixson

9. PE - Pemko

10. SU - Securitron

11. AK - Alarm Controls

Randall High SchoolHardware Sets

Set: 1.0

8 Hinge TA314 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" BSP MK1 Mullion 90KR E Powder Coat to Match Sample DE

1 Exit Device (exit only) 16 70 8810 US32 SA

1 Exit Device (nightlatch) 16 70 8804 US32 SA

4 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA1 Cylinder 70 34 BSP SA

1 SMART Pac Bridge Rectifier 2005M3 HS

1 Electric Strike 9400-LBSM 629 HS2 Pull RM201 Mtg-Type 1XHD (Engraved RHS RAIDERS at

High School Only) US32 RO

2 Door Closer 351 CPS BSP SA2 Kit 581-2 BSP SA

1 Threshold 2005AV MSES25SS PE

2 Sweep 345DV PE

2 Position Switch DPS SU1 Power Supply BPS-12/24-1 SU

1 Card Reader By Security Contractor OT

Notes: Provide special templates, brackets, spacers and drop plates as required.

Door normally closed and locked.

Entry by valid credential or manual key override.Always free egress.

Upon activation of the fire alarm or loss of power, door remains locked.

Page 65: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

RANDALL HIGH SCHOOL 18150.0000

AMARILLO, TX

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 19

Set: 2.0

8 Hinge TA314 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" BSP MK

1 Mullion 90KR E Powder Coat to Match Sample DE

1 Exit Device (exit only) 16 70 8810 US32 SA

1 Exit Device (nightlatch) 16 70 8804 US32 SA

4 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Cylinder 70 34 BSP SA

1 SMART Pac Bridge Rectifier 2005M3 HS

1 Electric Strike 9400-LBSM 629 HS

2 Pull RM201 Mtg-Type 1XHD (Engraved RHS RAIDERS at High

School Only) US32 RO

2 Door Closer 351 CPS BSP SA

2 Kit 581-2 BSP SA

1 Threshold 2005AV MSES25SS PE

2 Sweep 345DV PE

2 Position Switch DPS SU

1 Power Supply BPS-12/24-1 SU

Notes: Provide special templates, brackets, spacers and drop plates as required.

Set: 4.0

8 Hinge TA314 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" BSP MK

1 Mullion 90KR Powder Coat to Match Sample DE

1 Exit Device (exit only) 16 70 8810 US32 SA

1 Exit Device (nightlatch) 16 70 8804 US32 SA

4 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Cylinder 70 34 BSP SA

1 SMART Pac Bridge Rectifier 2005M3 HS

1 Electric Strike 9400-LBSM 629 HS

2 Pull RM201 Mtg-Type 1XHD (Engraved RHS RAIDERS at

High School Only) US32 RO

2 Door Closer 351 CPS BSP SA

2 Kit 581-2 BSP SA

1 Position Switch DPS SU

1 Power Supply BPS-12/24-1 SU

1 Card Reader By Security Contractor OT

Notes: Provide special templates, brackets, spacers and drop plates as required.

Door normally closed and locked.

Entry by valid credential or manual key override.

Always free egress.

Upon activation of the fire alarm or loss of power, door remains locked.

Page 66: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

RANDALL HIGH SCHOOL 18150.0000

AMARILLO, TX

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 20

Set: 7.0

8 Hinge (heavy weight) TA386 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US32D MK

1 Mullion 90KR E Powder Coat to Match Sample DE

1 Exit Device (nightlatch) 70 8804 US32D SA

1 Exit Device (exit only) 70 8810 US32D SA

2 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Cylinder 70 34 US32D SA

1 SMART Pac Bridge Rectifier 2005M3 HS

1 Electric Strike 9600-LBSM 630 HS

2 Door Pull 105 US32D RO

2 Door Closer TB 1431 O/P10 EN SA

2 Door Stop 463-RKW US32D RO

1 Threshold 2005AV MSES25SS PE

1 Rain Guard 347A TKSP PE

1 Gasketing 45041CNB TKSP PE

1 Rain Guard 68AR TKSP PE

2 Sweep 308CV TKSP PE

1 Astragal 351C/CS TKSP PE

1 Position Switch DPS SU

1 Power Supply BPS-12/24-1 SU

1 Card Reader By Security Contractor OT

Notes: Door normally closed and locked.

Entry by valid credential or manual key override.

Always free egress.

Upon activation of the fire alarm or loss of power, door remains locked.

Set: 8.0

8 Hinge (heavy weight) TA386 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US32D MK

1 Mullion 90KR E Powder Coat to Match Sample DE

1 Exit Device (nightlatch) 70 8804 US32D SA

1 Exit Device (exit only) 70 8810 US32D SA

2 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Cylinder 70 34 US32D SA

1 SMART Pac Bridge Rectifier 2005M3 HS

1 Electric Strike 9600-LBSM 630 HS

2 Door Pull 105 US32D RO

2 Door Closer TB 1431 CPS EN SA

1 Threshold 2005AP MSES25SS PE

1 Rain Guard 347A TKSP PE

1 Gasketing 45041CNB TKSP PE

1 Rain Guard 68AR TKSP PE

2 Sweep 308CV TKSP PE

1 Power Supply BPS-12/24-1 SU

1 Card Reader By Security Contractor OT

Page 67: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

RANDALL HIGH SCHOOL 18150.0000

AMARILLO, TX

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 21

Notes: Door normally closed and locked.

Entry by valid credential or manual key override.

Always free egress.

Upon activation of the fire alarm or loss of power, door remains locked.

Set: 9.0

4 Hinge (heavy weight) TA386 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US10B MK

1 Storeroom Lock WBS 28 70 11G04 LL US26D SA

1 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Electric Strike 1600-CDB-DLMS 630 HS

1 SMART Pac Bridge Rectifier 2005M3 HS

1 Door Closer TB 1431 O/P10 EN SA

1 Door Stop 463-RKW US32D RO

1 Threshold 2005AV MSES25SS PE

1 Rain Guard 347A TKSP PE

1 Gasketing 45041CNB TKSP PE

1 Rain Guard 68AR TKSP PE

1 Sweep 308CV TKSP PE

1 Position Switch DPS SU

1 Power Supply BPS-12/24-1 SU

1 Card Reader By Security Contractor OT

Notes: Door normally closed and locked.

Entry by valid credential or manual key override.

Always free egress.

Upon activation of the fire alarm or loss of power, door remains locked.

Set: 10.0

4 Hinge (heavy weight) TA386 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US32D MK

1 Exit Device (nightlatch) 70 8804 US32D SA

1 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Electric Strike 9600-LBSM 630 HS

1 Door Pull 105 US32D RO

1 Door Closer TB 1431 O/P10 EN SA

1 Door Stop 463-RKW US32D RO

1 Threshold 2005AV MSES25SS PE

1 Rain Guard 347A TKSP PE

1 Gasketing 45041CNB TKSP PE

1 Rain Guard 68AR TKSP PE

1 Sweep 308CV TKSP PE

1 Position Switch DPS SU

1 Power Supply BPS-12/24-1 SU

1 Card Reader By Security Contractor OT

Page 68: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

RANDALL HIGH SCHOOL 18150.0000

AMARILLO, TX

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 22

Notes: Door normally closed and locked.

Entry by valid credential or manual key override.

Always free egress.

Upon activation of the fire alarm or loss of power, door remains locked.

Set: 11.0

4 Hinge (heavy weight) TA386 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US10B MK

1 Storeroom Lock WBS 28 70 11G04 LL US26D SA

1 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Door Closer TB 1431 O/P10 EN SA

1 Door Stop 463-RKW US32D RO

1 Threshold 2005AV MSES25SS PE

2 Rain Guard 347A TKSP PE

1 Gasketing 45041CNB TKSP PE

1 Rain Guard 68AR TKSP PE

1 Sweep 308CV TKSP PE

Set: 12.0

8 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US10B MK

2 Exit Device 8893 US32D SA

2 Door Pull 105 US32D RO

2 Door Closer TB 1431 O/P10 EN SA

2 Kick Plate K1050 10" CSK BEV US32D RO

2 Wall Stop 406/409 US32D RO

Set: 13.0

8 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

1 Mullion 90KR Powder Coat to Match Sample DE

1 Exit Device (exit only) 8810 FLW US32D SA

1 Exit Device (storeroom) 70 8804 FSW US32D SA

2 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Cylinder 70 34 US32D SA

2 Door Closer TB 1431 O/P10 EN SA

2 Kick Plate K1050 10" CSK BEV US32D RO

2 Wall Stop 406/409 US32D RO

Notes: Provide special templates, brackets, spacers and drop plates as required.

Set: 15.0

4 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

4 Hinge (spring) 1502 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

1 Constant Latching Flush Bolt 2845 US26D RO

Page 69: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

RANDALL HIGH SCHOOL 18150.0000

AMARILLO, TX

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 23

1 Dust Proof Strike 570 US26D RO

1 Storeroom Lock WBS 28 70 11G04 LL US26D SA

1 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

2 Wall Stop 406/409 US32D RO

2 Silencer 608-RKW RO

Set: 16.0

4 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

4 Hinge (spring) 1502 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

1 Constant Latching Flush Bolt 2845 US26D RO

1 Dust Proof Strike 570 US26D RO

1 Storeroom Lock WBS 28 70 11G04 LL US26D SA

1 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

2 Door Stop & Holder 491R US26D RO

2 Silencer 608-RKW RO

Notes: No holders on fire rated doors.

Provide smoke seals on fire rated doors.

Set: 16.1

8 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

1 Dust Proof Strike 570 US26D RO

1 Automatic Flush Bolt 2842/2942 US26D RO

1 Storeroom Lock WBS 28 70 11G04 LL US26D SA

1 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Coordinator2600 Series w/Filler Bar and Brackets as

RequiredUS28 RO

2 Door Closer TB 1431 O/P10 EN SA

2 Wall Stop 406/409 US32D RO

1 Gasketing S88D PE

1 Astragal S772BL PE

2 Silencer 608-RKW RO

Set: 17.0

8 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

1 Mullion 90KR Powder Coat to Match Sample DE

1 Exit Device (exit only) 12 8810 FLW US32D SA

1 Exit Device (storeroom) 12 70 8804 FSW US32D SA

1 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Cylinder 70 34 US32D SA

2 Door Closer TB 1431 O/P10 EN SA

2 Kick Plate K1050 10" CSK BEV US32D RO

2 Wall Stop 406/409 US32D RO

1 Gasketing S88D PE

Page 70: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

RANDALL HIGH SCHOOL 18150.0000

AMARILLO, TX

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 24

1 Astragal S772BL PE

Set: 18.0

8 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

1 Mullion 90KR Powder Coat to Match Sample DE

1 Exit Device (exit only) 8810 FLW US32D SA

1 Exit Device (storeroom) 70 8804 FSW US32D SA

2 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Cylinder 70 34 US32D SA

2 Door Closer TB 1431 O/P10 EN SA

2 Kick Plate K1050 10" CSK BEV US32D RO

2 Wall Stop 406/409 US32D RO

2 Silencer 608-RKW RO

Set: 19.0

6 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

2 Pull Plate 111x70C US32D RO

2 Push Plate 70C-RKW US32D RO

2 Door Closer TB 1431 O/P10 EN SA

2 Kick Plate K1050 10" CSK BEV US32D RO

2 Wall Stop 406/409 US32D RO

2 Silencer 608-RKW RO

Set: 21.0

4 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

1 Storeroom Lock WBS 28 70 11G04 LL US26D SA

1 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Door Closer DA TB 1431 P10 EN SA

1 Kick Plate K1050 10" CSK BEV US32D RO

1 Wall Stop 406/409 US32D RO

3 Silencer 608-RKW RO

1 Coat Hook 790 US26D RO

Set: 22.0

2 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

2 Hinge (spring) 1502 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

1 Storeroom Lock WBS 28 70 11G04 LL US26D SA

1 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Wall Stop 406/409 US32D RO

3 Silencer 608-RKW RO

Set: 23.0

2 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

Page 71: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

RANDALL HIGH SCHOOL 18150.0000

AMARILLO, TX

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 25

2 Hinge (spring) 1502 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

1 Storeroom Lock WBS 28 70 11G04 LL US26D SA

1 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Door Stop & Holder 491R US26D RO

1 Gasketing S88D PE

Notes: No holders on fire rated doors.

Provide smoke seals on fire rated doors.

Set: 24.0

4 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

1 Storeroom Lock WBS 28 70 11G04 LL US26D SA

1 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Door Closer TB 1431 O/P10 EN SA

1 Wall Stop 406/409 US32D RO

1 Gasketing By STC Manufacturer OT

Notes: All hardware to be coordinated with STC assembly manufacturer.

Set: 25.0

4 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

1 Office Lock WBS 28 70 11G05 LL US26D SA

1 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Wall Stop 406/409 US32D RO

3 Silencer 608-RKW RO

Set: 26.0

2 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

2 Hinge (spring) 1502 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

1 Office Lock WBS 28 70 11G05 LL US26D SA

1 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Kick Plate K1050 10" CSK BEV US32D RO

1 Wall Stop 406/409 US32D RO

3 Silencer 608-RKW RO

Set: 27.0

3 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

1 Office Lock WBS 28 70 11G05 LL US26D SA

1 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Wall Stop 406/409 US32D RO

1 Gasketing By STC Manufacturer OT

Page 72: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

RANDALL HIGH SCHOOL 18150.0000

AMARILLO, TX

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 26

Notes: All hardware to be coordinated with STC assembly manufacturer.

Set: 29.0

4 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

1 Exit Device (storeroom) 70 8804 FSW US32D SA

1 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Door Closer TB 1431 O/P10 EN SA

1 Kick Plate K1050 10" CSK BEV US32D RO

1 Wall Stop 406/409 US32D RO

3 Silencer 608-RKW RO

Set: 30.0

4 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

1 Classroom Lock WBS 28 70 11G37 LL US26D SA

1 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Wall Stop 406/409 US32D RO

3 Silencer 608-RKW RO

Set: 31.0

2 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

2 Hinge (spring) 1502 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

1 Passage Set WBS 28 11U15 LL US26D SA

1 Wall Stop 406/409 US32D RO

3 Silencer 608-RKW RO

Set: 31.5

4 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

1 Passage Set WBS 28 11U15 LL US26D SA

1 Door Closer TB 1431 O/P10 EN SA

1 Wall Stop 406/409 US32D RO

1 Gasketing S88D PE

Set: 32.0

3 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

1 Hinge (spring) 1502 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

1 Privacy Lock WBS 28 11U65 LL US26D SA

1 Wall Stop 406/409 US32D RO

3 Silencer 608-RKW RO

1 Coat Hook 790 US26D RO

Set: 33.0

Page 73: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

RANDALL HIGH SCHOOL 18150.0000

AMARILLO, TX

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 27

4 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US10B MK

1 Pull (BTB Mount) RM301 Mtg-Type 11XHD PUSH US32D RO

1 Pull (BTB Mount) RM301 Mtg-Type 11XHD US32D RO

1 Door Closer TB 1431 O/P10 EN SA

1 Wall Stop 406/409 US32D RO

3 Silencer 608-RKW RO

Set: 34.0

1 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Cylinder As Required US32D SA

Set: 35.0

6 Hinges By ICC 500 Opening Manufacturer SR

2 Exit Device By ICC 500 Opening Manufacturer SR

1 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Cylinder As Required US32D SA

2 Closer By ICC 500 Opening Manufacturer SR

1 Gasketing By ICC 500 Opening Manufacturer SR

1 Card Reader By Security Contractor OT

Notes: FEMA 361/ICC500-2014 - CERTIFIED BY THIRD PARTY. HARDWARE TO BE

FURNISHED AS INTEGRATED ASSEMBLY WITH DOORS AND FRAME BY MANUFACTURER.

Door normally closed and locked.

Entry by valid credential or manual key override.

Always free egress. Upon activation of the fire alarm or loss of power, door remains locked.

Set: 36.0

3 Hinges By ICC 500 Opening Manufacturer SR

1 Exit Device By ICC 500 Opening Manufacturer SR

1 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Cylinder As Required US32D SA

1 Closer By ICC 500 Opening Manufacturer SR

1 Wall Stop 406/409 BSP RO

1 Gasketing By ICC 500 Opening Manufacturer SR

Notes: FEMA 361/ICC500-2014 - CERTIFIED BY THIRD PARTY. HARDWARE TO BE

FURNISHED AS INTEGRATED ASSEMBLY WITH DOORS AND FRAME BY MANUFACTURER.

Page 74: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

RANDALL HIGH SCHOOL 18150.0000

AMARILLO, TX

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 28

Randall Junior High School Hardware Sets

Set: 4.0

8 Hinge TA314 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" BSP MK

1 Mullion 90KR Powder Coat to Match Sample DE

1 Exit Device (exit only) 16 70 8810 US32 SA

1 Exit Device (nightlatch) 16 70 8804 US32 SA

4 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Cylinder 70 34 BSP SA

1 SMART Pac Bridge Rectifier 2005M3 HS

1 Electric Strike 9400-LBSM 629 HS

2 Pull RM201 Mtg-Type 1XHD (Engraved RHS RAIDERS at

High School Only) US32 RO

2 Door Closer 351 CPS BSP SA

2 Kit 581-2 BSP SA

1 Position Switch DPS SU

1 Power Supply BPS-12/24-1 SU

1 Card Reader By Security Contractor OT

Page 75: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

RANDALL HIGH SCHOOL 18150.0000

AMARILLO, TX

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 29

Notes: Provide special templates, brackets, spacers and drop plates as required.

Door normally closed and locked.

Entry by valid credential or manual key override.

Always free egress.

Upon activation of the fire alarm or loss of power, door remains locked.

Set: 7.0

8 Hinge (heavy weight) TA386 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US32D MK

1 Mullion 90KR E Powder Coat to Match Sample DE

1 Exit Device (nightlatch) 70 8804 US32D SA

1 Exit Device (exit only) 70 8810 US32D SA

2 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Cylinder 70 34 US32D SA

1 SMART Pac Bridge Rectifier 2005M3 HS

1 Electric Strike 9600-LBSM 630 HS

2 Door Pull 105 US32D RO

2 Door Closer TB 1431 O/P10 EN SA

2 Door Stop 463-RKW US32D RO

1 Threshold 2005AV MSES25SS PE

1 Rain Guard 347A TKSP PE

1 Gasketing 45041CNB TKSP PE

1 Rain Guard 68AR TKSP PE

2 Sweep 308CV TKSP PE

1 Astragal 351C/CS TKSP PE

1 Position Switch DPS SU

1 Power Supply BPS-12/24-1 SU

1 Card Reader By Security Contractor OT

Notes: Door normally closed and locked.

Entry by valid credential or manual key override.

Always free egress.

Upon activation of the fire alarm or loss of power, door remains locked.

Set: 10.0

4 Hinge (heavy weight) TA386 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US32D MK

1 Exit Device (nightlatch) 70 8804 US32D SA

1 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Electric Strike 9600-LBSM 630 HS

1 Door Pull 105 US32D RO

1 Door Closer TB 1431 O/P10 EN SA

1 Door Stop 463-RKW US32D RO

1 Threshold 2005AV MSES25SS PE

1 Rain Guard 347A TKSP PE

1 Gasketing 45041CNB TKSP PE

1 Rain Guard 68AR TKSP PE

Page 76: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

RANDALL HIGH SCHOOL 18150.0000

AMARILLO, TX

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 30

1 Sweep 308CV TKSP PE

1 Position Switch DPS SU

1 Power Supply BPS-12/24-1 SU

1 Card Reader By Security Contractor OT

Notes: Door normally closed and locked.

Entry by valid credential or manual key override.

Always free egress.

Upon activation of the fire alarm or loss of power, door remains locked.

Set: 12.0

8 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US10B MK

2 Exit Device 8893 US32D SA

2 Door Pull 105 US32D RO

2 Door Closer TB 1431 O/P10 EN SA

2 Kick Plate K1050 10" CSK BEV US32D RO

2 Wall Stop 406/409 US32D RO

Set: 14.0

8 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

1 Mullion 90KR Powder Coat to Match Sample DE

1 Exit Device (exit only) 12 8810 FLW US32D SA

1 Exit Device (storeroom) 12 70 8804 FSW US32D SA

1 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Cylinder 70 34 US32D SA

1 Electric Strike 9600-LBSM 630 HS

2 Door Closer TB 1431 O/P10 EN SA

2 Kick Plate K1050 10" CSK BEV US32D RO

2 Wall Stop 406/409 US32D RO

1 Gasketing S88D PE

1 Astragal S772BL PE

2 Position Switch DPS SU

1 Power Supply BPS-12/24-1 SU

1 Card Reader By Security Contractor OT

Notes: Door normally closed and locked.

Entry by valid credential or manual key override.

Always free egress.

Upon activation of the fire alarm or loss of power, door remains locked.

Set: 16.0

Page 77: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

RANDALL HIGH SCHOOL 18150.0000

AMARILLO, TX

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 31

4 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

4 Hinge (spring) 1502 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

1 Constant Latching Flush Bolt 2845 US26D RO

1 Dust Proof Strike 570 US26D RO

1 Storeroom Lock WBS 28 70 11G04 LL US26D SA

1 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

2 Door Stop & Holder 491R US26D RO

2 Silencer 608-RKW RO

Notes: No holders on fire rated doors.

Provide smoke seals on fire rated doors.

Set: 17.0

8 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

1 Mullion 90KR Powder Coat to Match Sample DE

1 Exit Device (exit only) 12 8810 FLW US32D SA

1 Exit Device (storeroom) 12 70 8804 FSW US32D SA

1 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Cylinder 70 34 US32D SA

2 Door Closer TB 1431 O/P10 EN SA

2 Kick Plate K1050 10" CSK BEV US32D RO

2 Wall Stop 406/409 US32D RO

1 Gasketing S88D PE

1 Astragal S772BL PE

Set: 18.0

8 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

1 Mullion 90KR Powder Coat to Match Sample DE

1 Exit Device (exit only) 8810 FLW US32D SA

1 Exit Device (storeroom) 70 8804 FSW US32D SA

2 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Cylinder 70 34 US32D SA

2 Door Closer TB 1431 O/P10 EN SA

2 Kick Plate K1050 10" CSK BEV US32D RO

2 Wall Stop 406/409 US32D RO

2 Silencer 608-RKW RO

Set: 20.0

2 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

2 Hinge (spring) 1502 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

1 Storeroom Lock WBS 28 70 11G04 LL US26D SA

1 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

Page 78: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

RANDALL HIGH SCHOOL 18150.0000

AMARILLO, TX

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 32

1 Electric Strike 1600-CDB-DLMS 630 HS

1 Kick Plate K1050 10" CSK BEV US32D RO

1 Wall Stop 406/409 US32D RO

1 Gasketing S88D PE

1 Power Supply BPS-12/24-1 SU

1 Card Reader By Security Contractor OT

Notes: Door normally closed and locked.

Entry by valid credential or manual key override.

Always free egress.

Upon activation of the fire alarm or loss of power, door remains locked.

Set: 21.0

4 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

1 Storeroom Lock WBS 28 70 11G04 LL US26D SA

1 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Door Closer DA TB 1431 P10 EN SA

1 Kick Plate K1050 10" CSK BEV US32D RO

1 Wall Stop 406/409 US32D RO

3 Silencer 608-RKW RO

1 Coat Hook 790 US26D RO

Set: 22.0

2 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

2 Hinge (spring) 1502 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

1 Storeroom Lock WBS 28 70 11G04 LL US26D SA

1 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Wall Stop 406/409 US32D RO

3 Silencer 608-RKW RO

Set: 23.0

2 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

2 Hinge (spring) 1502 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

1 Storeroom Lock WBS 28 70 11G04 LL US26D SA

1 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Door Stop & Holder 491R US26D RO

1 Gasketing S88D PE

Notes: No holders on fire rated doors.

Provide smoke seals on fire rated doors.

Set: 25.0

4 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

Page 79: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

RANDALL HIGH SCHOOL 18150.0000

AMARILLO, TX

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 33

1 Office Lock WBS 28 70 11G05 LL US26D SA

1 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Wall Stop 406/409 US32D RO

3 Silencer 608-RKW RO

Set: 26.0

2 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

2 Hinge (spring) 1502 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

1 Office Lock WBS 28 70 11G05 LL US26D SA

1 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Kick Plate K1050 10" CSK BEV US32D RO

1 Wall Stop 406/409 US32D RO

3 Silencer 608-RKW RO

Set: 30.0

4 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

1 Classroom Lock WBS 28 70 11G37 LL US26D SA

1 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Wall Stop 406/409 US32D RO

3 Silencer 608-RKW RO

Set: 33.0

4 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US10B MK

1 Pull (BTB Mount) RM301 Mtg-Type 11XHD PUSH US32D RO

1 Pull (BTB Mount) RM301 Mtg-Type 11XHD US32D RO

1 Door Closer TB 1431 O/P10 EN SA

1 Wall Stop 406/409 US32D RO

3 Silencer 608-RKW RO

Set: 34.0

1 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Cylinder As Required US32D SA

Set: 35.0

6 Hinges By ICC 500 Opening Manufacturer SR

Page 80: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

RANDALL HIGH SCHOOL 18150.0000

AMARILLO, TX

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 34

2 Exit Device By ICC 500 Opening Manufacturer SR

1 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Cylinder As Required US32D SA

2 Closer By ICC 500 Opening Manufacturer SR

1 Gasketing By ICC 500 Opening Manufacturer SR

1 Card Reader By Security Contractor OT

Notes: FEMA 361/ICC500-2014 - CERTIFIED BY THIRD PARTY. HARDWARE TO BE

FURNISHED AS INTEGRATED ASSEMBLY WITH DOORS AND FRAME BY MANUFACTURER.

Door normally closed and locked.

Entry by valid credential or manual key override.

Always free egress.

Upon activation of the fire alarm or loss of power, door remains locked.

CTE North Hardware Sets

Set: 5.0

8 Hinge TA314 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" BSP MK

2 Exit Device 8893 US32D SA

2 Pull RM201 Mtg-Type 1XHD (Engraved RHS RAIDERS at

High School Only) US32 RO

2 Kit 581-2 BSP SA

2 Door Closer 351 P9 BSP SA

2 Wall Stop 406/409 BSP RO

Notes: Provide special templates, brackets, spacers and drop plates as required.

Set: 6.0

4 Hinge TA314 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" BSP MK

1 Exit Device 8893 US32D SA

Page 81: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

RANDALL HIGH SCHOOL 18150.0000

AMARILLO, TX

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 35

1 Pull RM201 Mtg-Type 1XHD (Engraved RHS RAIDERS at

High School Only) US32 RO

1 Kit 581-2 BSP SA

1 Door Closer 351 P9 BSP SA

1 Door Stop 463-RKW US32D RO

Notes: Provide special templates, brackets, spacers and drop plates as required.

Set: 10.0

4 Hinge (heavy weight) TA386 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US32D MK

1 Exit Device (nightlatch) 70 8804 US32D SA

1 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Electric Strike 9600-LBSM 630 HS

1 Door Pull 105 US32D RO

1 Door Closer TB 1431 O/P10 EN SA

1 Door Stop 463-RKW US32D RO

1 Threshold 2005AV MSES25SS PE

1 Rain Guard 347A TKSP PE

1 Gasketing 45041CNB TKSP PE

1 Rain Guard 68AR TKSP PE

1 Sweep 308CV TKSP PE

1 Position Switch DPS SU

1 Power Supply BPS-12/24-1 SU

1 Card Reader By Security Contractor OT

Notes: Door normally closed and locked.

Entry by valid credential or manual key override.

Always free egress.

Upon activation of the fire alarm or loss of power, door remains locked.

Set: 15.0

4 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

4 Hinge (spring) 1502 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

1 Constant Latching Flush Bolt 2845 US26D RO

1 Dust Proof Strike 570 US26D RO

1 Storeroom Lock WBS 28 70 11G04 LL US26D SA

1 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

2 Wall Stop 406/409 US32D RO

2 Silencer 608-RKW RO

Set: 15.1

4 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

4 Hinge (spring) 1502 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

1 Constant Latching Flush Bolt 2845/2945 US26D RO

Page 82: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

RANDALL HIGH SCHOOL 18150.0000

AMARILLO, TX

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 36

1 Dust Proof Strike 570 US26D RO

1 Storeroom Lock WBS 28 70 11G04 LL US26D SA

1 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

2 Wall Stop 406/409 US32D RO

1 Gasketing S88D PE

1 Astragal S772BL PE

Set: 16.0

Set: 16.0

4 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

4 Hinge (spring) 1502 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

1 Constant Latching Flush Bolt 2845 US26D RO

1 Dust Proof Strike 570 US26D RO

1 Storeroom Lock WBS 28 70 11G04 LL US26D SA

1 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

2 Door Stop & Holder 491R US26D RO

2 Silencer 608-RKW RO

Notes: No holders on fire rated doors.

Provide smoke seals on fire rated doors.

Set: 16.1

8 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

1 Dust Proof Strike 570 US26D RO

1 Automatic Flush Bolt 2842/2942 US26D RO

1 Storeroom Lock WBS 28 70 11G04 LL US26D SA

1 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Coordinator2600 Series w/Filler Bar and Brackets as

RequiredUS28 RO

2 Door Closer TB 1431 O/P10 EN SA

2 Wall Stop 406/409 US32D RO

1 Gasketing S88D PE

1 Astragal S772BL PE

2 Silencer 608-RKW RO

Set: 19.0

6 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

2 Pull Plate 111x70C US32D RO

2 Push Plate 70C-RKW US32D RO

2 Door Closer TB 1431 O/P10 EN SA

2 Kick Plate K1050 10" CSK BEV US32D RO

2 Wall Stop 406/409 US32D RO

2 Silencer 608-RKW RO

Page 83: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

RANDALL HIGH SCHOOL 18150.0000

AMARILLO, TX

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 37

Set: 21.0

4 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

1 Storeroom Lock WBS 28 70 11G04 LL US26D SA

1 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Door Closer DA TB 1431 P10 EN SA

1 Kick Plate K1050 10" CSK BEV US32D RO

1 Wall Stop 406/409 US32D RO

3 Silencer 608-RKW RO

1 Coat Hook 790 US26D RO

Set: 22.0

2 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

2 Hinge (spring) 1502 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

1 Storeroom Lock WBS 28 70 11G04 LL US26D SA

1 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Wall Stop 406/409 US32D RO

3 Silencer 608-RKW RO

Set: 23.0

2 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

2 Hinge (spring) 1502 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

1 Storeroom Lock WBS 28 70 11G04 LL US26D SA

1 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Door Stop & Holder 491R US26D RO

1 Gasketing S88D PE

Notes: No holders on fire rated doors.

Provide smoke seals on fire rated doors.

Set: 25.0

4 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

1 Office Lock WBS 28 70 11G05 LL US26D SA

1 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Wall Stop 406/409 US32D RO

3 Silencer 608-RKW RO

Set: 26.0

2 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

2 Hinge (spring) 1502 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

1 Office Lock WBS 28 70 11G05 LL US26D SA

1 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Kick Plate K1050 10" CSK BEV US32D RO

Page 84: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

RANDALL HIGH SCHOOL 18150.0000

AMARILLO, TX

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 38

1 Wall Stop 406/409 US32D RO

3 Silencer 608-RKW RO

Set: 31.5

4 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

1 Passage Set WBS 28 11U15 LL US26D SA

1 Door Closer TB 1431 O/P10 EN SA

1 Wall Stop 406/409 US32D RO

1 Gasketing S88D PE

Set: 32.0

3Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

1Hinge (spring) 1502 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

1Privacy Lock WBS 28 11U65 LL US26D SA

1 Wall Stop 406/409 US32D RO

3 Silencer 608-RKW RO

1 Coat Hook 790 US26D RO

Set: 32.1

2 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

2 Hinge (spring) 1502 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

1 Privacy Lock WBS 28 11U65 LL US26D SA

1 Wall Stop 406/409 US32D RO

1 Gasketing S88D PE

1 Coat Hook 790 US26D RO

Set: 33.0

4 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US10B MK

1 Pull (BTB Mount) RM301 Mtg-Type 11XHD PUSH US32D RO

1 Pull (BTB Mount) RM301 Mtg-Type 11XHD US32D RO

1 Door Closer TB 1431 O/P10 EN SA

1 Wall Stop 406/409 US32D RO

3 Silencer 608-RKW RO

Page 85: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

RANDALL HIGH SCHOOL 18150.0000

AMARILLO, TX

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 39

CTE South Hardware Sets

Set: 3.0

4 Hinge TA314 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" BSP MK

1 Exit Device (nightlatch) 16 70 8804 US32 SA

2 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 SMART Pac Bridge Rectifier 2005M3 HS

1 Electric Strike 9600-LBSM 630 HS

1 Pull RM201 Mtg-Type 1XHD (Engraved RHS RAIDERS at High

School Only) US32 RO

1 Door Closer 351 CPS BSP SA

1 Kit 581-2 BSP SA

1 Threshold 2005AV MSES25SS PE

1 Sweep 345DV PE

1 Position Switch DPS SU

1 Power Supply BPS-12/24-1 SU

1 Card Reader By Security Contractor OT

Page 86: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

RANDALL HIGH SCHOOL 18150.0000

AMARILLO, TX

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 40

Notes: Provide special templates, brackets, spacers and drop plates as required.

Door normally closed and locked.

Entry by valid credential or manual key override.

Always free egress.

Upon activation of the fire alarm or loss of power, door remains locked.

Set: 6.0

4 Hinge TA314 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" BSP MK

1 Exit Device 8893 US32D SA

1 Pull RM201 Mtg-Type 1XHD (Engraved RHS RAIDERS at High

School Only) US32 RO

1 Kit 581-2 BSP SA

1 Door Closer 351 P9 BSP SA

1 Door Stop 463-RKW US32D RO

Notes: Provide special templates, brackets, spacers and drop plates as required.

Set: 11.0

4 Hinge (heavy weight) TA386 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US10B MK

1 Storeroom Lock WBS 28 70 11G04 LL US26D SA

1 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Door Closer TB 1431 O/P10 EN SA

1 Door Stop 463-RKW US32D RO

1 Threshold 2005AV MSES25SS PE

2 Rain Guard 347A TKSP PE

1 Gasketing 45041CNB TKSP PE

1 Rain Guard 68AR TKSP PE

1 Sweep 308CV TKSP PE

Set: 16.1

8 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

1 Dust Proof Strike 570 US26D RO

1 Automatic Flush Bolt 2842/2942 US26D RO

1 Storeroom Lock WBS 28 70 11G04 LL US26D SA

1 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Coordinator2600 Series w/Filler Bar and Brackets as

RequiredUS28 RO

2 Door Closer TB 1431 O/P10 EN SA

2 Wall Stop 406/409 US32D RO

1 Gasketing S88D PE

1 Astragal S772BL PE

2 Silencer 608-RKW RO

Page 87: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

RANDALL HIGH SCHOOL 18150.0000

AMARILLO, TX

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 41

Notes: No holders on fire rated doors.

Provide smoke seals on fire rated doors.

Set: 16.1

8 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

1 Dust Proof Strike 570 US26D RO

1 Automatic Flush Bolt 2842/2942 US26D RO

1 Storeroom Lock WBS 28 70 11G04 LL US26D SA

1 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Coordinator2600 Series w/Filler Bar and Brackets as

RequiredUS28 RO

2 Door Closer TB 1431 O/P10 EN SA

2 Wall Stop 406/409 US32D RO

1 Gasketing S88D PE

1 Astragal S772BL PE

2 Silencer 608-RKW RO

Set: 22.0

2 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

2 Hinge (spring) 1502 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

1 Storeroom Lock WBS 28 70 11G04 LL US26D SA

1 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Wall Stop 406/409 US32D RO

3 Silencer 608-RKW RO

Set: 23.0

2 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

2 Hinge (spring) 1502 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

1 Storeroom Lock WBS 28 70 11G04 LL US26D SA

1 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Door Stop & Holder 491R US26D RO

1 Gasketing S88D PE

Notes: No holders on fire rated doors.

Provide smoke seals on fire rated doors.

Set: 28.0

4 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

1 Exit Device (storeroom) 70 8804 FSW US32D SA

Page 88: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

RANDALL HIGH SCHOOL 18150.0000

AMARILLO, TX

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 42

1 Door Closer TB 1431 O/P10 EN SA

1 Wall Stop 406/409 US32D RO

3 Silencer 608-RKW RO

Set: 34.0

1 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Cylinder As Required US32D SA

Page 89: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

RANDALL HIGH SCHOOL 18150.0000

AMARILLO, TX

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 43

Wrestling and Training FacilitiesHardware Sets

Set: 10.0

4 Hinge (heavy weight) TA386 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US32D MK

1 Exit Device (nightlatch) 70 8804 US32D SA

1 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Electric Strike 9600-LBSM 630 HS

1 Door Pull 105 US32D RO

1 Door Closer TB 1431 O/P10 EN SA

1 Door Stop 463-RKW US32D RO

1 Threshold 2005AV MSES25SS PE

1 Rain Guard 347A TKSP PE

1 Gasketing 45041CNB TKSP PE

1 Rain Guard 68AR TKSP PE

1 Sweep 308CV TKSP PE

1 Position Switch DPS SU

1 Power Supply BPS-12/24-1 SU

1 Card Reader By Security Contractor OT

Notes: Door normally closed and locked.

Entry by valid credential or manual key override.

Always free egress.

Upon activation of the fire alarm or loss of power, door remains locked.

Set: 22.0

2 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

2 Hinge (spring) 1502 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

1 Storeroom Lock WBS 28 70 11G04 LL US26D SA

1 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Wall Stop 406/409 US32D RO

3 Silencer 608-RKW RO

Set: 25.0

4 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

1 Office Lock WBS 28 70 11G05 LL US26D SA

1 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Wall Stop 406/409 US32D RO

3 Silencer 608-RKW RO

Page 90: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

RANDALL HIGH SCHOOL 18150.0000

AMARILLO, TX

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 44

Set: 31.0

2 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

2 Hinge (spring) 1502 4-1/2" x 4" US26D MK

1 Passage Set WBS 28 11U15 LL US26D SA

1 Wall Stop 406/409 US32D RO

3 Silencer 608-RKW RO

Set: 33.0

4 Hinge TA714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4" US10B MK

1 Pull (BTB Mount) RM301 Mtg-Type 11XHD PUSH US32D RO

1 Pull (BTB Mount) RM301 Mtg-Type 11XHD US32D RO

1 Door Closer TB 1431 O/P10 EN SA

1 Wall Stop 406/409 US32D RO

3 Silencer 608-RKW RO

Set: 34.0

1 Small Format Inter Core 7P-7300B Keyed into Existing System US15 SA

1 Cylinder As Required US32D SA

END OF SECTION 087100

Page 91: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

17 October 2019 09 64 66- 1 18150.0000Addendum No. 1

1 SECTION 09 64 662

3 WOOD ATHLETIC FLOORING4

5

6 PART 1 - GENERAL7

8 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS9

10 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary 11 Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.12

13 1.2 SUMMARY14

15 A. This Section includes wood athletic flooring.16

17 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS18

19 A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include construction details, material 20 descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for wood 21 athletic flooring.22

23 B. Shop Drawings: For each type of floor assembly and accessory. Include plans, elevations, 24 sections, details, and attachments to other work. Include the following:25 1. Expansion provisions and trim details.26 2. Layout, colors, widths, and dimensions of game lines and markers.27 3. Locations of floor inserts for athletic equipment installed through flooring assembly.28

29 C. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts showing colors and glosses 30 available for the following:31 1. Floor finish.32 2. Game-line and marker paint.33

34 D. Samples for Verification: For each type of wood athletic flooring and accessory required; 35 approximately 12 inches (300 mm) long and of same thickness and material indicated for 36 the Work.37 1. Include sample sets showing the full range of normal color and texture variations 38 expected in wood flooring.39 2. Include Sample sets showing finishes and game-line and marker paint colors applied 40 to wood flooring.41

Page 92: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

17 October 2019 09 64 66- 2 18150.0000Addendum No. 1

1 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS2

3 A. Qualification Data: For manufacturer’s pre-approved Installers. 4

5 B. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a 6 qualified testing agency, for wood athletic flooring system.7

8 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS9

10 A. Maintenance Data: For wood athletic flooring and finish systems to include in maintenance 11 manuals.12

13 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE14

15 A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced Installer who has completed wood athletic flooring 16 installations similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and 17 whose work has resulted in installations with a record of successful in-service performance.18 1. Installer responsibilities include installation and field finishing of wood athletic 19 flooring components and accessories, and application of game lines and markers.20

21 B. Maple Flooring: Comply with MFMA grading rules for species, grade, and cut.

22 C. Certification: Provide flooring that carries MFMA mark on each bundle or piece.23 1. DIN Certification24 2. Alternates must provide Ten days prior to bid date, certification of compliance and a 25 copy of the actual “Suitability Test Report” shall be submitted to verify that the 26 system meets and or exceeds all of the DIN criteria listed below. All testing must be 27 done in accordance with DIN 18032 Part II, area-elastic gymnasium floor, Otto-Graf 28 Institute, Stuttgart, Germany. Testing must be done by the Otto-Graf Institute or 29 independent testing laboratory and must comply with DIN 18032 Part II testing 30 procedures.31 3. DIN Criteria Requirements32 a. Shock Absorption.................................................................................................60%33 b. Deflection.......................................................................................................2.58mm34 c. Area of Deflection.............................................................................................13.5%35 d. Ball Bounce......................................................................................................99.5.%36 e. Friction..............................................................................................................passed37 f. Rolling Load.................................................................................................... passed38

39 D. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals and to 40 demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for fabrication and installation.41 1. To set quality standards for installation, install mockup of floor area as shown on 42 Drawings.43 2. Prepare finished mockup of floor area as shown on Drawings to set quality standards 44 for sanding and application of field finishes and game lines and markers.45 3. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract 46 Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such 47 deviations in writing.

Page 93: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

17 October 2019 09 64 66- 3 18150.0000Addendum No. 1

1 4. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time 2 of Substantial Completion.3

4 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING5

6 A. Deliver assembly materials in unopened cartons or bundles.7

8 B. Protect wood from exposure to moisture. Do not deliver wood components until after 9 concrete, masonry, plaster, ceramic tile, and similar wet work is complete and dry.10

11 C. Store wood components in a dry, warm, well-ventilated, weathertight location and in a 12 horizontal position.13

14 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS15

16 A. Conditioning period begins not less than seven days before wood athletic flooring 17 installation, is continuous through installation, and continues not less than seven days after 18 installation.19 1. Environmental Conditioning: Maintain an ambient temperature between 65 and 75 20 deg F (18 and 24 deg C) and relative humidity planned for building occupants, but 21 not less than 35 percent or more than 50 percent, in spaces to receive wood athletic 22 flooring during the conditioning period.23 2. Wood Conditioning: Move wood components into spaces where they will be 24 installed, no later than beginning of the conditioning period.25 a. Do not install wood athletic flooring until wood components adjust to relative 26 humidity of, and are at same temperature as, spaces where they are to be 27 installed.28 b. Open sealed packages to allow wood components to acclimatize immediately 29 on moving wood components into spaces in which they will be installed.30

31 B. After conditioning period, maintain relative humidity and ambient temperature planned for 32 building occupants.33

34 C. Install wood athletic flooring after other finishing operations, including painting, have been 35 completed.36

37 1.9 COORDINATION38

39 A. Coordinate layout and installation of wood athletic flooring systems with floor inserts for 40 gymnasium equipment.41

42 PART 2 - PRODUCTS43

44 2.1 MANUFACTURERS45

46 A. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Air Channel 47 Star by Robbins Flooring:48 1. Robbins Sports Surfaces.

Page 94: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

17 October 2019 09 64 66- 4 18150.0000Addendum No. 1

1 Substitutions may be made in accordance with section 01 25 00 Substitution Procedures.2

3 2.2 DESCRIPTION4

5 A. System Type: Anchored resilient.6

7 B. Overall System Height: As indicated on Drawings.8

9 2.3 FLOORING MATERIALS10

11 A. Random-Length Strip Flooring: Northern hard maple (Acer saccharum), kiln dried, 12 random length, tongue and groove, and end matched.

13 B. Athletic Floor System:14 1. Bio Pads: 7/16” EPDM Bio Pads with air voids for resiliency and installed at 15 manufacturer's standard spacing for product designation indicated above. 16 2. Sleepers: Eight (8) 7/16” Bio-Pads properly spaced and stapled to the bottom and 17 modified to accept anchors.18 3. Channel Anchor System: “Posi-Anchor™” anchoring system. 19 4. Plywood Sub-floor: 1/2” APA Rated Sheathing Exposure I20 5. Fasteners21 a. Sub-flooring - 1-1/4” coated nails or staples. 22 b. Flooring - 2” barbed cleat or equivalent.23 6. Flooring:24 a. Inside Main Basketball Court - 25/32" thick x 2 1/4" width, Elite Grade (1st 25 grade) Continuous Strip XL Plus maple manufactured in uniform lengths of 26 6’6”, with 10% of material in random lengths. Expansion joints must be 27 evenly spaced between every board row. 28 b. Outside of Main Basketball Court - 25/32” thick x 2-1/4” width, Natural 29 grade (3rd grade) Continuous Strip XL Plus maple, manufactured in uniform 30 lengths of 6’6”, with 10% of material in random lengths, as manufactured by a 31 certified MFMA mil and graded in accordance with MFMA standards. 32 Expansion joints must be evenly spaced between every board row. 33 7. Perimeter Base - 3" x 4" black ventilating type. 34

35 C. Resilient Underlayment: Flexible, multicellular, closed-cell, expanded polyethylene-foam 36 sheet; nominal 2-lb/cu. ft. (32-kg/cu. m) density.37 1. Thickness: 6 mil.38

39 2.4 FINISHES40

41 A. Floor-Finish System: System of compatible components recommended in writing by 42 flooring manufacturer, and MFMA approved.43 1. Floor-Sealer Formulation: Pliable, penetrating type. MFMA Group 1, Sealers.44 2. Finish-Coat Formulation: Formulated for gloss finish indicated and multicoat 45 application.46 a. Type: National Coatings Gametime-Sealer (4 coats), and one coat of PoloPlaz 47 Fastrack Finish..

Page 95: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

17 October 2019 09 64 66- 5 18150.0000Addendum No. 1

1 3. Game-Line and Marker Paint: Industrial enamel compatible with finish coats and 2 recommended in writing by manufacturers of finish coats, and paint for this use.3

4 2.5 ACCESSORIES5

6 A. Vapor Retarder: ASTM D 4397, polyethylene sheet not less than 6 mils (0.15 mm) thick.7 B. Resilient Wall Base: Molded, vented, rubber or vinyl cove base; 4 by 3 by 48 inches (100 by 8 75 by 1200 mm); with premolded outside corners.9 1. Color: Black.10

11 C. Fasteners: Type and size recommended by manufacturer, but not less than those 12 recommended by MFMA for application indicated.13

14 D. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compound: Latex-modified, hydraulic-cement-based 15 formulation approved by wood athletic flooring manufacturer.16

17 E. Adhesives: Manufacturer's standard for application indicated.18

19 PART 3 - EXECUTION20

21 3.1 EXAMINATION22

23 A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with 24 requirements for maximum moisture content, installation tolerances, and other conditions 25 affecting performance of wood athletic flooring.26

27 B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.28

29 C. Concrete Slabs: Verify that concrete substrates are dry and moisture-vapor emissions are 30 within acceptable levels according to manufacturer's written instructions.31 1. Moisture Testing: Perform tests so that each test area does not exceed 200 sq. ft. 32 (18.6 sq. m), and perform no fewer than two tests in each installation area and with 33 test areas evenly spaced in installation areas.34 a. Perform anhydrous calcium chloride test per ASTM F 1869, as follows:35 1) Proceed with installation only after substrates have maximum moisture-36 vapor-emission rate of 3 lb of water/1000 sq. ft. (1.36 kg of 37 water/92.9 sq. m).38 b. Perform plastic sheet test, ASTM D 4263. Proceed with installation only after 39 testing indicates absence of moisture in substrates.40 1) Proceed with installation only if there is no evidence of condensation or 41 clouding in 24 hours.42 c. Perform tests recommended by manufacturer. Proceed with installation only 43 after substrates pass testing.44

45 3.2 PREPARATION46

47 A. Grind high spots and fill low spots on concrete substrates to produce a maximum 1/8-inch 48 (3-mm) deviation in any direction when checked with a 10-foot (3-m) straight edge.

Page 96: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

17 October 2019 09 64 66- 6 18150.0000Addendum No. 1

1 1. Use trowelable leveling and patching compounds, according to manufacturer's 2 written instructions, to fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates.3

4 B. Remove coatings including curing compounds and other substances on substrates that are 5 incompatible with installation adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone; use 6 mechanical methods recommended by manufacturer. Do not use solvents.7

8 C. Broom and vacuum clean substrates to be covered immediately before product installation. 9 After cleaning, examine substrates for moisture, alkaline salts, carbonation, or dust. 10 Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.11

12 3.3 INSTALLATION13

14 A. General: Comply with wood athletic flooring manufacturer's written instructions, but not 15 less than written recommendations of MFMA applicable to flooring type indicated.16

17 B. Pattern: Lay flooring parallel with long dimension of space to be floored unless otherwise 18 indicated.19

20 C. Expansion Spaces: Provide as indicated, but not less than that required by manufacturer's 21 written instructions and MFMA's written recommendations at walls and other 22 obstructions, and at interruptions and terminations of flooring.23 1. Cover expansion spaces with base molding, trim, and saddles, as indicated on 24 Drawings.25

26 D. Vapor Retarder: Cover entire slab area beneath wood flooring. Install with joints lapped a 27 minimum of 6 inches (150 mm) and sealed.28

29 E. Underlayment: Install perpendicular to direction of flooring, staggering end joints in 30 adjacent rows.31

32 F. Sleepers:33 1. Prime entire slab beneath wood floor area with asphalt primer at coverage rate 34 recommended by manufacturer.35 2. Install sleepers end to end at right angles to finished flooring spaced 16” O.C..36 3. Properly anchor sleepers using Robbins Posi-Anchors. Maintain a 2" minimum 37 expansion void at all walls and other permanent obstructions.

38 G. Install plywood sub-floor with long dimension perpendicular to finish flooring staggering 39 joints 24” in adjacent rows and spacing ¼”. Securely nail plywood sub-floor to sleepers.

40 H. Machine nail maple flooring to sleepers and sub-floor. Nail maple flooring inside of main 41 basketball playing court in straight rows in direction shown by architect. Nail maple 42 flooring outside of main basketball court in same direction as main court area with end 43 joints properly splined, driven up, and proper spacing provided for humidity conditions in 44 the specific regions. Provide 2” expansion void at the perimeter and all vertical 45 obstructions. Anchor predrilled sleepers through resilient pads.

Page 97: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

17 October 2019 09 64 66- 7 18150.0000Addendum No. 1

1 I. Perimeter Base Molding2 1. Install vent cove base anchored to walls with base cement or screws and anchors. 3 Use pre-molded outside corners and neatly mitered inside corner.

4 J. Clean up all unused materials and debris and remove same from the premises.5

6 K. Installation Tolerances: 1/8 inch in 10 feet (3 mm in 3 m) of variance from level.7

8 3.4 SANDING AND FINISHING9

10 A. Allow installed flooring to acclimate to ambient conditions before sanding.11

12 B. Follow applicable recommendations in MFMA's "Industry Recommendations for Sanding, 13 Sealing, Court Lining, Finishing, and Resurfacing of Maple Gym Floors."14

15 C. Machine sand with coarse, medium, and fine grades of sandpaper to achieve a level, 16 smooth, uniform surface without ridges or cups. Remove sanding dust by tack or vacuum.17

18 D. Finish: Apply seal and finish coats of finish system according to finish manufacturer's 19 written instructions. Provide no fewer than four coats total.20 1. National Coatings Gametime-Sealer (4 coats), and one coat of PoloPlaz Fastrack 21 Finish.22 2. Game-Line and Marker Paint: Apply game-line and marker paint between final seal 23 coat and first finish coat according to paint manufacturer's written instructions.24 a. Mask flooring at game lines and markers, and apply paint to produce lines and 25 markers with sharp edges.26 b. Where game lines cross, break minor game line at intersection; do not overlap 27 lines.28 c. Apply game lines and markers in widths and colors according to current rules 29 of association having jurisdiction.30 d. Apply finish coats after game-line and marker paint is fully cured.31

32 3.5 PROTECTION33

34 A. Protect wood athletic flooring during remainder of construction period to allow finish to 35 cure and to ensure that flooring and finish are without damage or deterioration at time of 36 Substantial Completion.37 1. Do not cover flooring after finishing until finish reaches full cure and not before 38 seven days after applying last finish coat.

Page 98: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

17 October 2019 09 64 66- 8 18150.0000Addendum No. 1

1 2. Do not move heavy and sharp objects directly over flooring. Protect fully cured floor 2 finishes and surfaces with plywood or hardboard panels to prevent damage from 3 storing or moving objects over flooring.4

5

6 END OF SECTION

Page 99: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

02 October 2019 10 14 00 - 1 18150.0000Rev. 17 October 2019, Addendum No.1

1 SECTION 10 14 002

3 SIGNAGE4

5

6 PART 1 GENERAL7

8 1.1 SUMMARY9

10 A. Section Includes:11 1. Engraved interior acrylic plastic signs.12 2. Cast aluminum letters.13 3. Backlit Dimensional Characters.14 4. Brackets, pedestals, adhesives and accessories.15 5. Logo16

17 1.2 REFERENCES18

19 A. ASTM International20 1. ASTM A 240/A 240M: Specification for Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Stainless 21 Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels and for General Applications22 2. ASTM A 653/A 653M: Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-23 Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process24 3. ASTM A 666: Specification for Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel 25 Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar26 4. ASTM A 1008/A 1008M: Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, 27 High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, 28 Solution Hardened, and Bake Hardenable29 5. ASTM B26/B26M: Standard Specification for Aluminum-Alloy Sand Castings.30 6. ASTM B 209: Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate.31 7. ASTM D 4802: Specification for Poly(Methyl Methacrylate) Acrylic Plastic Sheet32

33 1.3 SUBMITTALS34

35 A. Product Data: Submit descriptive literature, specifications, and installation instructions; and 36 maintenance instructions including cleaning materials, application methods, and precautions 37 in use of cleaning materials which may be detrimental to surfaces if improperly applied.38

39 B. Shop Drawings: Indicate construction, mounting system, and lettering style, size, and text.40

41 C. Samples: Submit full size samples of each type sign, [[ logo ]] and letter.42

43 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE44

45 A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with ADA Braille recommendations. 46

47 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING48

49 A. Package signs in crates or cartons, adequately padded and protected against scratching and 50 other damage. Label packages with listing of sign labels and locations.51

Page 100: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

02 October 2019 10 14 00 - 2 18150.0000Rev. 17 October 2019, Addendum No.1

1 B. Include in sign packages installation templates, hardware or adhesive, and installation 2 instructions.3

4 C. Store materials out of weather and protect from damage.5

6

7 PART 2 PRODUCTS8

9 2.1 MANUFACTURER10

11 A. Acceptable Plastic Sign Manufacturers:12 1. Architectural Graphics, Inc.13 2. ASI Sign Systems.14 3. Best Signs15 4. Bayuk Graphic Systems, Inc.16 5. InPro Signscapes17 6. Matthews Architectural Division.18 7. Mohawk Signs19 8. Spanjer Brothers, Inc.20 9. Vomar Products, Inc.21 10. Takeform22 11. 2/90 Sign Systems23 12. Architectural Signing 24 13. Appenx 25

26 B. Acceptable Cast Letter Manufacturers: 27 1. California Neon Products (CNP)28 2. Federal Heath Sign Company.29 3. Matthews Architectural Division.30 4. Spanjer Brothers, Inc.31 5. The Southwell Company.32

33 C. Substitutions: Comply with Section 01 25 00.34

35 2.2 ACRYLIC PLASTIC SIGNS36

37 A. Engraved Sign: 38 1. Letter Style: Refer to construction documents.39 2. All signage to include Grade II Braille characters compliant with the American 40 Disabilities Act. 41 3. Tactile characters/symbols shall be raised 1/32" from sign plate face. Signs shall be of 42 one-piece construction; added-on and/or engraved characters are unacceptable. 43 4. Text shall be accompanied by Grade 2 braille. 44 5. 3/8" wide, 1/32" raised perimeter border with 1/8" inside radius typical. 45 6. All letters, numbers and/or symbols shall contrast with their background - either light 46 characters on a dark background or dark characters on a light background. Characters 47 and background shall have matte finish. 48 7. All interior signage to be fastened to wall by concealed fasteners.49 8. All signage specified to be installed on a glass surface to have finished base color on each 50 side and be attached with one drop silicone caulk in each of the four corners.51 9. Colors: As selected by Architect.

Page 101: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

02 October 2019 10 14 00 - 3 18150.0000Rev. 17 October 2019, Addendum No.1

1 2.3 CAST ALUMINUM LETTERS2

3 A. Materials: 4 1. Cast aluminum alloy F-214, of sufficient thickness to assure rigid structure, with casting 5 surfaces free of imperfections.6 2. Grind letter faces smooth and polish to fine grain satin finish.7 3. File edges and grind smooth, and remove traces of sand texture.8

9 B. Letter Style: Helvetica Medium. 10

11 C. Mounting Materials:12 1. Vertical Mounting: Aluminum supports and brackets.13 2. Flush Mountings: Type 302 or 304 stainless steel studs threaded into rear of letters. 14 3. Cement: Quick setting type as recommended by letter manufacturer for flush mounting.15

16 D. Aluminum Finish: 17 1. Factory baked enamel finish system. 18 2. Color: As selected by Architect.19

20 E. Size: 12" high x 1-3/4" deep.21

22 2.4 DIMENSIONAL CHARACTERS

23 A. Fabricated Channel Characters: Metal face and side returns, formed free from warp and 24 distortion; with uniform faces, sharp corners, and precisely formed lines and profiles; 25 internally braced for stability, to meet structural performance loading without oil canning or 26 other surface deformation, and for securing fasteners; and as follows.27 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the 28 following:29 a. A.R.K. Ramos.30 b. ACE Sign Systems, Inc.31 c. Allen Industries Architectural Signage.32 d. APCO Graphics, Inc.33 e. ASI Sign Systems, Inc.34 f. Charleston Industries, Inc.35 g. Cosco.36 h. Gemini Incorporated.37 i. Metallic Arts.38 j. Signs & Decal Corp.39 k. Steel Art Company.40 2. Illuminated Characters: Backlighted character construction with LED lighting, including 41 transformers, insulators, and accessories for operability, with provision for servicing and 42 concealing connections to building electrical system. Use tight or sealed joint construction 43 to prevent unintentional light leakage. Space lamps apart from each other and away from 44 character surfaces as needed to illuminate evenly.45 a. Power: Indicated on electrical Drawings46 b. Weeps: Provide weep holes to drain water at lowest part of exterior characters. 47 3. Character Material: Sheet or plate stainless steel.

Page 102: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

02 October 2019 10 14 00 - 4 18150.0000Rev. 17 October 2019, Addendum No.1

1 4. Material Thickness: 0.050 inch (1.27 mm) thick for face and 0.031 inch (0.79 mm) thick 2 for returns.3 5. Characer Height: Indicated on Drawings.4 6. Character Depth: Indicated on Drawings.5 a. Finishes:6 1) Integral Stainless Steel Finish: No. 4.7 b. Mounting: Projecting studs.8 1) Hold characters at 2 inch (51 mm) distance from wall surface.9 7. Typeface: Times Roman.10

11 2.5 LOGO12

13 A. Custom fabricated:14 1. Material: Extruded twin-wall plastic sheet products base on a high impact 15 polypropylene copolymer resin.16 2. Logo: Refer to Construction Drawings for design and locations.17 3. Size: Custom size as selected and approved by Architect.18 4. Colors: Custom color as selected and approved by Architect.19 5. Acceptable Product: Coroplast/Interplast Group.20

21 2.6 MATERIALS22

23 A. Aluminum Castings: ASTM B 26/B 26M, alloy and temper recommended by sign 24 manufacturer for casting process used and for type of use and finish indicated.25

26 B. Aluminum Sheet and Plate: ASTM B 209, alloy and temper recommended by aluminum 27 producer and finisher for type of use and finish indicated.28

29 C. Acrylic Sheet: ASTM D 4802, category as standard with manufacturer for each sign, Type 30 UVF (UV filtering).

31 D. Stainless Steel Sheet: ASTM A 240/A 240M or ASTM A 666, Type 304, stretcher leveled 32 standard of flatness.33

34 E. Paints and Coatings for Sheet and Plate Materials: Inks, dyes, and paints that are 35 recommended by manufacturer for optimum adherence to surface and are UV and water 36 resistant for colors and exposure indicated.37

38 2.7 ACCESSORIES39

40 A. Brackets and Pedestals: 41 1. Materials:42 a. Steel: ASTM A 653, 18 gauge sheet steel.43 b. Fasteners: Stainless steel, Type 302, 304 or 305.44 1) Expansion bolts: FS FF-S-325.45 2) Sheet Metal Screws: Flat Phillips head sheet metal screws.46 3) Machine bolts: Slotted round head bolts with hex head nuts.47 2. Finish:

Page 103: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

02 October 2019 10 14 00 - 5 18150.0000Rev. 17 October 2019, Addendum No.1

1 a. Steel: One coat of rust inhibitive primer and two coats of semi-gloss alkyd enamel 2 applied after fabrication; surfaces prepared and coating spray applied in accordance 3 with coating manufacturer's recommendations.4 b. Exposed Stainless Steel: No. 4 brushed satin finish.5

6 B. Anchoring Devices: Concealed fasteners as recommended by signage manufacturer.7

8 C. Glazing Tape: 1/16" thick butyl rubber glazing tape manufactured by Tremco, Pecora.9

10 D. Mounting Tape and Adhesives: 1/32" thick vinyl foam tape and Silastic adhesive in addition 11 to tape where recommended by sign manufacturer for substrates. 12

13 2.8 FABRICATION14

15 A. Fabricate items true to shapes with accurate angles and surfaces, and straight edges. Form 16 bent metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise 17 impairing work.18

19 B. Perform welding of aluminum in accordance with applicable AWS Standards to prevent 20 pitting, discoloration or other surface imperfections after finishing. Weld seams 21 continuously. Grind exposed welds in aluminum smooth and flush, and finish to match 22 adjacent surfaces.23

24

25 PART 3 EXECUTION26

27 3.1 EXAMINATION28

29 A. Verify exact locations with Architect.30

31 3.2 INSTALLATION32

33 A. Install items after painting of substrate surfaces and application of other finish materials is 34 complete.35

36 B. Install signs, letters and supports plumb, level, in line, in accordance with manufacturer's 37 recommendations. Install signs with concealed fasteners and adhesive. 38

39 3.3 CLEANING40

41 A. Clean and polish letters, signs, and related brackets and supports in accordance with 42 manufacturer's instructions.43

44 B. Remove excess adhesive using methods that will not damage or stain signs or substrate 45 surfaces.46

47 C. Vacuum areas to remove dust and drill shavings produced by work under this Section. 48

Page 104: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

02 October 2019 10 14 00 - 6 18150.0000Rev. 17 October 2019, Addendum No.1

1 3.4 ADJUSTING2

3 A. Repair or replace substrate materials damaged by improper location of signs.4

5

6 END OF SECTION

Page 105: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

17 2 October 2019 11 61 62 - 1 18150.0000 Addendum 01Issue for Construction © WJHW, Inc. 2019

SECTION 11 61 62 1 2

THEATRICAL LIGHTING FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES 3 4 5

GENERAL 6 7

SECTION SUMMARY 8 9

A. This specification describes the provision and preliminary installation of the lighting fixtures 10 control console, and accessories for the Black Box Theatre. 11 12

B. This specification describes an allowance for equipment to be selected provided prior to 13 project completion. 14 15

RELATED DOCUMENTS 16 17

A. Theatrical Lighting Drawings (“TL” Series) and general provisions of the contract including 18 general and supplementary conditions and Division 1 Specification sections apply to this 19 section. 20 21

B. Section 11 61 33 – Theatrical Rigging and Drapery. 22 23

C. Section 26 55 61 – Theatrical Lighting Controls 24 25 D. Section 01 21 00 – Allowances: Theatrical Lighting Fixtures, Cables and Accessories 26

1. Allowance (to be bid nearer project completion). Reference paragraph 2.4 below. 27 28

SECTION INCLUDES 29 30

A. Coordination, provision, installation, inspection, commissioning, testing, instruction and 31 warranties of the Theatrical Lighting Fixture and Accessory package. Plant, materials, 32 equipment, transport and labor necessary to accomplish this and have a complete and proper 33 System. 34 35

B. Also includes: 36 1. Required licenses and permits including payment of charges and fees. 37 2. Verification of dimensions and conditions at the job site. 38 3. Provision of submissions. 39 4. Installation in accordance with the contract document, manufacturer's 40

recommendation, and in conformity with applicable codes and authority having 41 jurisdiction. 42 43

RELATED WORK 44 45

A. Division 26: Electrical Work drawings and documentation. 46 47

REFERENCES 48 49

A. Published specification standards, tests or recommended methods of trade, industry or 50 governmental organizations apply to Work in this section where cited below: 51 1. American National Safety Institute (ANSI), 52 2. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM), 53

Page 106: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

17 2 October 2019 11 61 62 - 2 18150.0000 Addendum 01Issue for Construction © WJHW, Inc. 2019

3. Electronics Industries Association (EIA), 1 4. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE), 2 5. National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association (NEMA), 3 6. National Electrical Code (NEC), 4 7. Underwriters Laboratories (UL), 5 8. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), 6 9. Entertainment Services and Technology Association (ESTA) 7 10. Entertainment Technicians Certification Program (ETCP) 8 11. United States Institute of Theater Technology (USITT) 9 10

DEFINITIONS 11 12 A. In addition to Division 1 definitions, the following list of terms as used in this Section shall 13

be defined as: 14 1. Owner – Canyon ISD 15 2. Project – Randall High School 16 3. Consultants – The Owner’s Technical Representative for this section 17 4. Architect – Corgan 18 5. Contractor – The designer, engineer and provider of all systems in this Section 19 6. System or Lighting System – Theatrical Lighting System 20 7. Furnish/Supply – To purchase, procure, acquire and deliver Complete With All 21

Necessary Accessories (CWANA) 22 8. Install – To set in place, join, attach, link, set up or otherwise connect together and test 23

until complete before turning over to Owner, all parts, item or equipment supplied by 24 the contractor. 25

9. Provide – To furnish and install 26 27

DESCRIPTIONS AND REQUIREMENTS 28 29

A. The following is intended to further describe the Work and clarify design intent and is not an 30 exhaustive description of the Theatrical Lighting Systems. Refer to the Systems (TL Series) 31 drawings for further information relating to this Section. 32 33

B. Control Console 34 1. Provide a control console for direct operation of theatrical fixtures and development of 35

user-presets to be stored for recall via the Lighting Control systems specified under 26 36 55 61. 37

2. Provide initial setup as directed as part of the system commissioning process. 38 39

C. Theatrical Lighting Fixtures: 40 1. Provide fixtures and required accessories. 41 2. Installation is required under this base specification and shall include: 42

a. Hang and rough focus to the Owner’s selected hanging plot. 43 b. Set-up, addressing, and patch. 44 c. Verification of proper operation and associated training. 45

46 D. Miscellaneous Equipment: 47

1. Extension cables of varying lengths and configurations are provided for circuiting 48 lighting instruments and to control modules. 49 50

RESPONSIBILITY AND RELATED WORK 51 52

A. All electrical installation shall be in accordance with Division 26 and the National Electric 53

Page 107: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

17 2 October 2019 11 61 62 - 3 18150.0000 Addendum 01Issue for Construction © WJHW, Inc. 2019

Code. 1 2

B. Supply accessories and minor equipment items needed for a complete and fully operational 3 system, even if not specifically mentioned in these Specifications or on the associated 4 drawings, without claim for additional payment. 5 6

C. Notwithstanding any detailed information in the Contract Documents, it is the responsibility 7 of the Contractor to supply systems in full working order. Notify the Architect of any 8 discrepancies in part numbers or quantities before bid. Failing to provide such notification 9 requires Contractor to supply items and quantities according to the intent of the 10 Specifications and associated Drawings without claim for additional payment. 11 12

D. Obtain all permits necessary for the execution of any work pertaining to the installation, or 13 any operation by the Owner including any associated charges or fees. 14 15

E. Execute all work in accordance with the National Electrical Code, the National Electrical 16 Safety Code, and all applicable State and Local codes, ordinances, and regulations. If a 17 conflict develops between the contract document and the appropriate codes and is reported 18 to the Architect prior to bid opening, the Architect will prepare the necessary clarification. 19 Where a conflict is reported after contract award, propose a resolution of the conflict and, 20 upon approval, perform work. 21 22

QUALITY ASSURANCE 23 24

A. Installer’s Qualifications: Firm experienced in the provision of systems similar in complexity 25 to those required for this project; and meet the following: 26 1. No less than five years’ experience with equipment and systems of the specified types. 27 2. Experience with at least five comparable scale projects within the last two years. 28 3. Be a franchised dealer and service facility for the manufacturer’s products furnished. 29 4. Maintain a fully staffed and equipped service facility. 30 5. At the request of the Architect, demonstrate that: 31

a. Adequate plant and equipment is available to complete the work. 32 b. Adequate staff with commensurate technical experience is available. 33

34 B. Manufacturer's Qualifications: 35

1. No less than 5 years continuous experience in the production of specified type of 36 product. 37 38

2. Production shall meet applicable NEMA standards. 39 40

C. Contractor shall attend pre-installation and coordination meetings as needed to coordinate 41 with other trades as required. 42 43

SUBMITTALS: 44 45

A. The submittal information required by the specification is to be presented complete and as 46 submissions noted below. Submittals are a crucial and integral part of the construction 47 process; as such the Owner's consultant will not recommend payment to the Contractor 48 above 25% of the scheduled value of this work until all submittal information has been 49 approved. Cost for the Owner's consultant to review secondary and re-submittals due to the 50 Contractor's failure to include all required submittal information, or rejection of incomplete 51 or improperly prepared submittal information will be the responsibility of the Contractor. 52 The cost shall be based on the hourly rates of the architect and his consultants as published 53

Page 108: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

17 2 October 2019 11 61 62 - 4 18150.0000 Addendum 01Issue for Construction © WJHW, Inc. 2019

in their current professional fees schedules and shall also include reimbursable costs for 1 delivery, mailing, and photocopies at direct cost plus ten percent (10%). 2 3

B. Project Submittal Part 1: 4 1. Provide for approval not later than thirty (30) days after issuance of Notice to Proceed 5

and prior to commencement of Work: 6 a. Section 1: A complete schedule of submittals. 7 b. Section 2: A chronological schedule of Work in bar chart form. Revise and 8

resubmit schedule as required to reflect construction progress. 9 10

C. Project Submittal Part 2: 11 1. Provide for approval no later than (30) days after issuance of notice to proceed and in 12

accordance with previously submitted submittal schedule. 13 a. Section 1: Complete list of products to be incorporated within the Work (Bill of 14

Materials). With the list of products provide a written description of how the 15 products function as a system. 16

b. Section 2: Manufacturer’s data sheets for each product. Provide original 17 manufacturer’s data sheets in order as they appear in the specification. These data 18 sheets are submitted for each product in sufficient detail to facilitate proper 19 evaluation to the products suitability for incorporation within the Work. 20

c. Section 3: Provide UL Listing Card for each type or module of lighting fixture to 21 be provided on this project. 22 23

D. Submittal Format: 24 1. Electronic PDF submittals are encouraged. 25 2. Where non-electronic submittals may be required, these shall be bound in a three-ring 26

D style binder sized for 150% of the material with a maximum size being a three inch 27 spine. Use multiple volumes if necessary. 28

3. Provide each submittal with a unique number and be numbered in consecutive order. 29 4. Provide each submittal binder with a cover and a spine reflecting the project title and 30

submittal number. Submittals shall not be issued with other disciplines. 31 5. Provide each submittal with a complete table of contents with the following 32

information: 33 a. Project title and number. 34 b. Submittal number. In the case of a resubmittal, use the original submittal number 35

immediately followed by the suffix “R” immediately followed by a unique number 36 and be numbered in consecutive order. 37

c. Date of submission. 38 d. Referenced addendum or change-order number as applicable. 39 e. Referenced specification Section, Part, Article, Paragraph and page number or 40

drawing reference as applicable. 41 f. Index Product Data sheets by manufacturer and model or part number. 42

6. Separate major grouping with labeled binder tabs. 43 7. Arrange product data list in alpha-numeric order when applicable followed by 44

unspecified product arrange by manufacturer and model or part number. Follow list by 45 manufacturer’s data sheets, arranged in the same order. If a data sheet shows more than 46 one product, indicate the model being proposed with an arrow or other appropriate 47 symbol. 48

8. Drawings executed at an appropriate scale, not smaller than ⅛"=1'-0”. 49 50

E. Submittal Copies: 51 1. These requirements represent minimum project requirements; a project’s general 52

conditions may require additional copies for project distribution. 53

Page 109: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

17 2 October 2019 11 61 62 - 5 18150.0000 Addendum 01Issue for Construction © WJHW, Inc. 2019

2. Where non-electronic submittals may be required: 1 a. Submit (3) binders of bound materials (e.g. product submittals). 2

3 F. Resubmission Requirements: 4

1. Make any requested corrections or change in submittals required. Resubmit for review 5 until no exceptions are taken. 6 7

2. Indicate any changes that have been made other than those requested. 8 9

G. Approval of Submittals: The submittal information will be reviewed by the general 10 contractor, owner, architects, engineers, and consultant. Each submittal package will be 11 returned, stamped as follows: 12 1. “No Exceptions Taken” proceed with construction, all job site coordination will be at 13

the direction of the general contractor. 14 2. “Make Corrections Noted: No Resubmission Required” submittals have been returned 15

with conditional approval. Corrections, as indicated on the returned drawings and/or 16 specifications, must be made before construction can begin. 17

3. “Make Corrections Noted: Submit Corrected Copy” submittals have been returned with 18 conditional approval. Corrections, as indicated on the returned drawings and/or 19 specifications, must be made in writing and returned to the consultant before 20 construction can begin. 21

4. “REJECTED, Submit Specified Item” a specified item in the submittal has been 22 rejected for the reasons noted. Re-submit in compliance with the specifications. 23

5. “REJECTED, Revise and Re-submit” submittal has been rejected for the reasons 24 noted. Re-submit in compliance with the specifications. 25

6. “No Review Action Required” all information provided was for information or 26 coordination purposes only. Review is not required. 27 28

PROJECT RECORD MANUAL 29 30

A. Where non-electronic submittals may be required: 31 1. Submit three bound original sets (this is a minimum of two for the Owner and one for 32

the Architect’s consultant. 33 2. Additional copies may be required by the project’s general conditions) after substantial 34

completion and prior to final inspection. 35 36

B. The Project Record Manual shall be segregated into three separate bindings as follows: 37 1. Operations Manual: 38

a. Product Data: Product actually incorporated within the Work: 39 1) Manufacturer's data for each type of product conforming to the scheme 40

above. The list shall include manufacturer’s serial numbers. 41 2) Each products Owner/Instruction Manual. 42 3) For custom circuits or modifications, a description of the purpose, 43

capabilities, and operation of each item. 44 4) Manufacturer's wiring diagram for each type of product actually incorporated. 45 5) Separately bound list by manufacturer and model or part number of all 46

products incorporated within the Work arranged in alphanumeric order. 47 b. System Operation and Instructions: Prepare a complete and typical procedure for 48

the operation of the equipment as a system, organized by subsystem or activity. 49 1) This procedure should describe the operation of all system capabilities. 50 2) Assume the intended reader of the manual to be technically experienced but 51

unfamiliar with the components and the facility. 52 2. Service & Maintenance Manual: 53

Page 110: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

17 2 October 2019 11 61 62 - 6 18150.0000 Addendum 01Issue for Construction © WJHW, Inc. 2019

a. Provide an original copy of the service manual on every piece of equipment for 1 which the manufacturer offers a service manual. Arrange manuals in the same 2 order as the operations manual. 3

b. Manufacturer’s maintenance and care instructions. 4 c. Maintenance Instructions: including maintenance phone number(s) and hours; 5

maintenance schedule; description of products recommended or provided for 6 maintenance purposes, and instructions for the proper use of these products. 7

3. Warranty Manual: 8 a. Manufacturer's warranty statements on each product. 9 b. Date of substantial completion and ending dates for warranties for each group of 10

products. 11 c. Software registration and licenses. 12

13 C. Include any other pertinent data generated during the Project or required for future service. 14

15 D. Appropriately duplicate data within the separate bindings when it will reasonably clarify 16

procedures, e.g., operational data in maintenance binding. 17 18

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 19 20

A. Ship product in its original container, to prevent damaging or entrance of foreign matter. 21 22

B. Handling and shipping in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendation. 23 24

C. Provide protective covering during construction, to prevent damaging or entrance of foreign 25 matter. 26 27

D. Replace at no expense to Owner, product damaged during storage, handling or the course of 28 construction. 29 30

PROJECT CONDITIONS 31 32

A. Verify conditions on the job site applicable to this work. Notify Architect in writing of 33 discrepancies, conflicts, or omissions promptly upon discovery. 34 35

B. The Drawings diagrammatically show cabling and arrangements of equipment fitting the 36 space available without interference. If conditions exist which make it impossible to install 37 work as shown, recommend solutions and/or submit drawings to the Architect for approval, 38 showing how the work may be installed. 39 40

ACCEPTANCE TESTING 41 42

A. Upon completion of installation and initial tests and adjustments specified in Part 3, 43 acceptance testing shall be performed by the Owner’s Representative. 44 45

B. Provide two representatives familiar with all aspects of the system to assist the Owner’s 46 Representative during acceptance testing. 47 48

C. The process of acceptance testing the System may necessitate moving and adjusting certain 49 component parts; perform such adjustments without claim for additional payment. 50 51

WARRANTY 52 53

Page 111: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

17 2 October 2019 11 61 62 - 7 18150.0000 Addendum 01Issue for Construction © WJHW, Inc. 2019

A. Warrant labor and product for two (2) years following the date of substantial completion to 1 be free of defects and deficiencies, and to conform to the drawings and specifications as to 2 kind, quality, function, and characteristics. Repair or replace defects occurring in labor or 3 product within the Warranty period without charge. Any cost required to complete this 4 warranty repair is the responsibility of the contractor. 5 6

B. During the warranty period, the manufacturer shall provide a toll-free 24-hour-per-day 7 number for telephone technical support and service request. If callback is required, calls 8 shall be answered within thirty (30) minutes. 9 10

C. Within the warranty period, contractor and/or manufacturer shall correct the deficiency 11 within twenty four (24) hours. 12 13

LIGHTING INSTRUMENTS 14 15

A. All lighting fixtures shall be provided with gel frame holders, c-clamps, connectors, and 16 safety-cables. 17 18

B. Other accessories are specifically listed in this specification. All fixtures are to be labeled as 19 indicated in the specifications and aligned before they are installed for lighting control 20 system testing. 21 22

PRODUCTS 23 24

ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 25 26

A. Model numbers and manufacturers included in this specification are listed to establish a 27 standard of product quality. 28 29

B. Substitution of specified products with other qualified manufacturers and products will be 30 considered providing: 31 1. Proper substitution procedures outline under Division 1 is adhered to. 32 2. A request for substitution of each specific product must be made in writing by a 33

bidding Contractor not less than ten (10) business days prior to bid for written approval 34 of the Architect. 35

3. Sufficient data for each product is presented for prior approval including technical data, 36 UL approval, manufacturer’s specifications, samples, and, if requested, results of 37 independent testing laboratory tests. 38

4. Written permission is obtained for the substitution from the Owner or Owner’s 39 Representative. 40 41

C. If proposed System includes equipment other than specified model numbers, submit a list of 42 major items and their quantities, with a generated one-line schematic diagram for review. 43 Include a list of previously installed projects using proposed substitute equipment that are 44 similar in nature to the specified System. 45 46

D. Providing product not specifically specified without prior written approval by the Owner, 47 Architect and/or Architect’s Consultant shall not be accepted. 48 49

GENERAL 50 51

A. Products shall be new, free from defects and listed by UL when an applicable UL Standard 52 exists. Provide product of a given type from one manufacturer. 53

Page 112: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

17 2 October 2019 11 61 62 - 8 18150.0000 Addendum 01Issue for Construction © WJHW, Inc. 2019

1 B. Regardless of the length or completeness of the descriptive paragraph herein, provide 2

product complying with the specified manufacturers’ published specifications. 3 4

C. All cable shall be compliant with NEC as applicable, and UL listed or CSA certified. UL 5 listing must be available at the time of bid. 6 7

CONTROL CONSOLE 8 9

A. Provide a lighting control console for control of solid-state lighting and theatrical devices. 10 Console shall have the following minimum features: 11 12

B. General 13 1. The lighting control console shall be a microprocessor-based system specifically 14

designed to provide complete control of stage, theatrical, and entertainment lighting 15 systems. 16

2. The system shall provide control of up to up to 1024 local DMX addresses on a 17 maximum of (40) control channels/devices. 18

3. A maximum of 999 cues may be contained in non-volatile electronic memory. 19 4. Twenty (20) faders shall provide access to individual intensity channels, intensity for 20

devices as well as playbacks. 21 5. Four (4) configurable faders shall provide functionality for controlling audio volume, 22

output of bump buttons, output from the cue list, output from playbacks, or crossfade 23 control. 24

6. The console shall have one (1) built-in 7” color multi-touch touchscreen. The 25 touchscreen shall provide the primary interface for system configuration, programming 26 show data and multi-parameter control. 27

7. Six (6) softkey buttons shall be provided, five (5) of which may be configured by the 28 user. 29

8. Console shall be equipped with an on-board help system, with on-board tutorial videos. 30 9. Console shall not require the use of an external monitor for normal use. Optional 31

displays shall be accessible via connection to an external HDMI™ compatible monitor. 32 10. Console software upgrades shall be made by the user via USB memory stick. Changing 33

internal components shall not be required. 34 11. The console shall provide a USB port allowing show data to be saved for archival or 35

transfer to other consoles or a personal computer. 36 12. The console shall be supplied with an onboard 32GB SSD. 37

38 C. Controls and Playback 39

1. Patching 40 a. The console shall provide patching facilities for dimmers and multi-parameter 41

devices via a built in library of fixture definitions. The fixture library shall be 42 updated via software based updates. It shall be possible to create custom fixture 43 definitions using an offline application. 44

b. The console shall support patching, address setting, and mode changes using 45 Remote Device Management (RDM) on local DMX/RDM ports and on Net3 46 DMX/RDM Gateway ports. 47

2. Channel or Playback Faders 48 a. Twenty (20) proportional, fully overlapping faders shall be provided with 45mm 49

potentiometers and select/bump buttons. 50 b. The faders shall provide direct manual control of intensity for all channels. 51

Channel levels may be changed at any time by using the individual channel faders. 52 Buttons shall select associated channels for control. 53

Page 113: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

17 2 October 2019 11 61 62 - 9 18150.0000 Addendum 01Issue for Construction © WJHW, Inc. 2019

c. Faders shall also control up to (10) pages of (20) recordable memories or 1 sequences. Memories shall record user-selected channel levels. Sequences shall 2 record user-selected memories or channel levels. 3 1) With color mixing systems, output of color from fixtures shall appear to be a 4

combination of the active memories in a color space. 5 3. Programming Tools 6

a. The console shall provide a 7” color multi-touch touchscreen with six (6) softkeys, 7 as well as touch-based controls. The LCD shall provide system configuration, 8 programming show data and multi-parameter control. 9

b. Touch-based tools shall include: 10 1) Forty (40) programmable color chips and color picker. 11 2) Touch-based parameter controls. 12 3) Virtual Level/Rate wheel. 13 4) Virtual keypad for level entry. 14 5) Customizable channel display using Stage Map. It shall be possible to 15

rearrange the graphical representations for control channels to closely mimic 16 the positions of fixtures in the venue. 17

6) Effects (intensity, color, shape, and parameter) 18 c. Fixture selection shall be made via: 19

1) Auto fixture selection on fader moves. 20 2) Pressing the selection button under channel faders. 21 3) Touching the channel icon in the stage map display on the touch screen. 22

d. Two independent channels shall be provided with on/off functionality. 23 Independents shall be patched in a location separate from patch. 24 25

D. Provide portable console input DMX cabling: 26 1. (1) at 5 feet 27 2. (1) at 25 feet 28

29 E. Acceptable product: 30

1. ETC ColorSource 40AV 31 2. or, approved equal 32

33 PORTABLE LIGHTING FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES – ALLOWANCE 34

35 A. Provide and integrate the following equipment into the project. The allowance described in 36

paragraph 1.2, D above and Section 01 2100 requires provision of loose equipment. 37 38

B. The equipment selection shall be selected near project completion and may include: 39 1. Theatrical Lighting Fixtures 40

a. The portable lighting fixtures shall connect and be controlled by the new theatrical 41 lighting control system. All lighting instruments shall be provided with color 42 frame, power lead with mating grounded connector, safety cable, and c-clamp. All 43 fixtures shall be UL listed. 44

b. Fixtures shall be: 45 1) Labeled with the Owner’s mark and select numbering/labelling inventory 46

scheme. 47 2) Bench-focused,. 48 3) Hung in the Owners selected stock plot. 49 4) Patched at the console. 50

c. Provide (1) power pass through and (1) DMX extension cable at 10 ft. length for 51 each LED-type fixture included in the inventory. 52

d. Fixture types: 53

Page 114: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

17 2 October 2019 11 61 62 - 10 18150.0000 Addendum 01Issue for Construction © WJHW, Inc. 2019

1) LED-type color changing hard-edged focusable profile ellipsoidal-equivalent 1 spotlights 2

2) LED-type color changing PAR/Wash type units. 3 3) LED-type white only PAR/Wash type units. 4

2. Portable 120V DMX controlled dimmer modules for circuiting of specials or legacy 5 fixtures. 6

3. Spare lamps. 7 4. Top-hats, barn-doors, etc. 8 5.3. Gobos and template holders. 9 6.4. 120V, DMX, and NET extension cables to include: 10

1) SO cable extensions, twofers, and adaptors of varying lengths with mating 11 connectors matching the scheme described in this section and the drawings. 12

2) DMX extensions of varying lengths with Neutrik XLR-type 5-pin connectors. 13 3) NET extensions of varying lengths with Neutrik Ethercon-type RJ-45 14

connectors. 15 4) Two-fers. 16

17 B. Fixtures - Type and Quantity: 18

1. LED-type color changing hard-edge profile spotlights 19 a. Acceptable product: ETC S4 ColorSource Spot (black) complete with lens tube 20 b. Quantity of each type 21

1) (21) @ 36° 22 2) (4) @ 50° 23 3) (25) complete power lead, pass-through, and DMX cable sets as specified 24

above. 25 4) (2) A-size and (2) B-size template holders. 26

2. LED-type color changing wash/PAR unit 27 a. Acceptable product: ETC ColorSource PAR (standard,black) 28 b. Quantity of each type 29

1) (25) Complete with lens-kit sets both SEL-R and SEL-O 30 2) (25) complete power lead, pass-through, and DMX cable sets as specified 31

above. 32 33

C. Portable Dinner Modules – Type and Quantity: 34 1. Provide portable pipe-mount, convection-cooled dimmer modules to be connected to 35

the system to operate legacy equipment and “practicals.” 36 2. Electrical 37

a. The unit shall contain four dimmers powered by a 120V single (one) phase, two-38 wire plus ground 20A electrical service. Power wiring to each module shall be 39 connected through a Twist-lock-type (L5-20) flexible SO feed cord and Twist-lock-40 type (L5-20) connector. 41

b. The dimmer module shall provide 10A full magnetic supplemental breakers for 42 output protection per dimmer. Products lacking output protection resulting in loss 43 of control of all circuits as a result of a single output fault or products that use 44 fused output protection resulting in service replacement parts being required due 45 to the over current fault on the output of a single branch output shall not be 46 permitted as equivalent. Products that use thermal breakers which may produce 47 false trips at elevated temperatures shall not be permitted. 48

c. DMX512 In and Thru shall be on the front panel via 5-Pin XLR connectors. 49 d. Modules shall be available with Edison (Parallel Blade with Ground) outlets. 50

51 3. Control 52

a. The module shall comply with ESTA DMX512-A Standards. 53

Page 115: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

17 2 October 2019 11 61 62 - 11 18150.0000 Addendum 01Issue for Construction © WJHW, Inc. 2019

b. The front panel shall contain DMX512 Input and Thru connectors. The control 1 electronics shall support up to 32 other module electronics on one DMX line 2

c. The module shall support ANSI E1.20 Remote Device management (RDM) 3 d. Dimmer control electronics shall be contained within the unit. The electronics 4

shall include the following indicators and controls: 5 1) Two status LED indicators: Power and Valid DMX 6 2) 2-line by 20-character backlit LCD for system configuration, status display 7

and error indication 8 3) 6-button keypad with arrow array which includes Enter button 9

e. The electronics shall provide flexible programming of individual dimmer 10 characteristics: 11 1) Local control or live manual control 12 2) 20 pre-programmed chase sequences 13 3) Selection of standard Dimmer Curves 14 4) RDM programmable DMX patch 15 5) RDM Identification 16 6) Minimum levels 17 7) Non-dim operation 18

4. Acceptable Product: 19 a. ETC SmartModule 2: Quantity (2) 20 b. Provide pipe mounting hardware kits with C-clamp and safety cable attachment. 21

22 D. Cabling – Type and Quantity: 23

1. Black SO hard usage 12/3 – NEMA L5-20 twist-lock-type each end. 24 a. Quantity of each type: 25

1) (5) @ 5 ft. 26 2) (5) @ 10 ft. 27 3) (2) @ 25 ft. 28

2. Black SO hard usage 12/3 – 1ft. adaptors 29 a. Quantify of each type 30

1) (5) Edison male to NEMA L5-20 female 31 3. Black SO hard usage 12/3 Two-fer type extension – NEMA L5-20 twist-lock-type all 32

ends. 33 a. Quantity of each type 34

1) (6) molded twofers 35 36

E. Patterns (e.g. gobos) 37 1. Acceptable product: GAM, Rosco (either A or B-size) 38 7.2. Quantity of each type: (8) selected by Owner. 39

40 EXECUTION 41

42 GENERAL 43

44 A. Coordinate incorporation of the Work specified herein with other project work so as to 45

facilitate a cohesive final product. 46 47

B. Mount equipment and enclosures plumb and level. 48 49

C. Permanently installed equipment to be firmly and safely held in place. 50 51

INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT 52 53

Page 116: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

17 2 October 2019 11 61 62 - 12 18150.0000 Addendum 01Issue for Construction © WJHW, Inc. 2019

A. Take appropriate precautions to protect the equipment from damage during installation. 1 Equipment to be installed free of damages, scratches, dents, etc. 2 3

B. Mount equipment plumb and level, firmly, and safely held in place. 4 5

C. All equipment will be installed in compliance with applicable Local and National codes and 6 regulations. Equipment will also be installed in accordance with Manufacturer’s 7 recommendations and specifications. Prior to initial energizing, the system will be inspected 8 by a representative of the Manufacturer as outlined under Contractor Commissioning. 9 10

D. Install lighting fixtures using standard stage-industry practices. All lamps, lenses and 11 reflectors will be installed free of dirt, dust, and finger smudges. Ensure that a safety cable is 12 properly used with each fixture. 13 14

E. Install lighting instruments to the “standard house hang” as directed by Owner. 15 16

LABELING OF EQUIPMENT 17 18

A. Create a lettering template for marking lighting and other instruments that depicts the initials 19 or name of the Owner or facility. Coordinate exact lettering with Owner. Letters to be a 20 minimum of 1” sans-serif text. A properly rated spray paint compliant with applicable codes 21 will be used with template to label equipment. Coordinate color of paint with Owner. 22 23

B. Use proper measures to ensure that the lettering is clear and that the surface area of the 24 equipment is free of overspray. 25 26

C. Provide Owner with lettering template upon completion of the project for future use by 27 Owner. 28 29

CONTRACTOR COMMISSIONING 30 31

A. Prior to energizing or testing the System ensure the following: 32 1. Products are installed in proper and safe manner according to manufacturer’s 33

instructions. 34 2. Dust, debris, solder splatter, etc. is removed. 35 3. Cable is dressed, routed, and labeled; connections are consistent with regard to polarity. 36 4. Labeling has been provided in compliance with specification and/or Owner. 37 5. Temporary facilities and utilities have been properly disconnected, removed and 38

disposed of off-site. 39 6. Products are neat, clean and unmarred and parts securely attached. 40 7. Broken work, including glass, raised flooring and supports, ceiling tiles and supports, 41

walls, doors, etc. have been replaced or properly repaired, and debris cleaned up and 42 discarded. The jobsite shall be broom clean. 43 44

ACCEPTANCE 45 46

A. Upon completion of installation, initial adjustments, specified in Part 3, a final inspection 47 and test will be observed by the Architect’s consultant. 48 49

B. Acceptance testing will include operation of each major system and any other components 50 deemed necessary. Contractor will assist in this testing and provide any test equipment 51 required specified herein. Contractor shall provide at least two (1) technicians available for 52 the entire testing period, to assist in tests, adjustments, and final modifications. Tools and 53

Page 117: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

17 2 October 2019 11 61 62 - 13 18150.0000 Addendum 01Issue for Construction © WJHW, Inc. 2019

material required to make any necessary repairs, corrections, or adjustments shall be 1 furnished by the Contractor. Testing process is estimated to take a minimum of 1 day. 2 3

C. Provide the following test gear: 4 1. Stage Pin Circuit Tester 5 2. DMX Tester 6

7 D. The process of testing the System may necessitate moving and adjusting certain components. 8

9 E. Perform tests and provide required test equipment, tools and material required to make any 10

necessary repairs, corrections, or adjustments. 11 12

F. The following procedures will be performed on each System: 13 1. Inspection of the methods and means employed to incorporate the System within the 14

facility. 15 2. Verification of proper operation, from controlling devices to controlled devices. 16 3. Verification of proper adjustment, balance, and alignment of equipment for optimum 17

quality and to meet the manufacturer's published specifications. Establish and mark 18 normal settings for each level control, and appropriately record these settings within the 19 Record Documents. 20

4. Other tests on equipment or systems deemed appropriate. 21 22

G. In the event the need for further adjustment or work becomes evident during testing, the 23 Contractor is to continue his work until the System is acceptable at no addition to the 24 contract price. If approval is delayed because of defective equipment, or failure of equipment 25 or installation to meet the requirements of these specifications and any extension of the 26 inspection and testing period is required, the contract price will be reduced for the additional 27 time and expenses of the Owner, at the standard rate in effect at that time. 28 29

INSTRUCTION OF OWNER PERSONNEL 30 31

A. Provide operations and service training on the following major equipment components and 32 subject matter. 33 34

B. All training shall be video recorded by the Contractor. 35 36

C. Lighting Fixtures (4 hours) 37 1. Basic testing and control 38 2. Normal operations 39

40 D. Console (8 hours) 41

42 E. Training will not be required where the item of equipment is owner furnished, part of an 43

option that is not selected, or an item of equipment that is not actually purchased. 44 45

F. Training Schedules 46 1. Training should be assumed to take place on the project site, unless agreed to by the 47

Owner. 48 2. Training should be scheduled to be non-overlapping with other disciplines. 49 3. Actual training schedule shall be by agreement with Owner. 50

51 G. The following is a general idea of the training “curriculum”: 52

1. A general familiarization of the device(s). 53

Page 118: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

17 2 October 2019 11 61 62 - 14 18150.0000 Addendum 01Issue for Construction © WJHW, Inc. 2019

2. An explanation of how the device(s) interfaces to the rest of the lighting control system. 1 3. General training on operating the device(s). 2 4. Specific training on device(s) operation. 3 5. Saving information; backing information up. 4 6. Basic troubleshooting 5 7. Specific troubleshooting (this information may be conveyed to personnel other than the 6

device’s “operators”). 7 8. How to upgrade software; precautions taken while doing (e.g. backing-up existing 8

software). 9 10

H. Submit an outline of the course with sample instructional aids for approval thirty (30) days 11 prior to scheduled instruction sessions to architect and architect’s consultant. 12 13

I. Following discussions with Owner, formally submit a Training and Event Attendance 14 submittal 2-4 weeks prior to first training. Submittal shall: 15 1. Include a separate page/entry for every training session. 16 2. Indicate date, time, and approximate length of training session. 17 3. Indicate person(s) conducting training. 18 4. Intended curriculum and most appropriate attendees (e.g. engineer, operations, IT, etc.) 19 5. Include signature and title lines for 20

a. Owner acknowledging and accepting training schedule. Include both an accepted 21 and rejected box. An alternate schedule time should be suggested by the Owner in 22 the event the schedule is rejected. 23

b. Countersigning by trainer indicating that training actually occurred. 24 c. All persons attending training. Where attendees do not stay for the entire session, 25

this should be noted on the form and initialed by Owner’s representative attending 26 training. 27

d. Owner’s representative attending training at the end of the session shall initial that: 28 1) Training Occurred. 29 2) Training Materials were provided and left with owner 30 3) Training was not interrupted or shortened by equipment or system 31

troubleshooting. If it is, then there should be a line where Owner and 32 Contractor can indicate when make-up training will be provided and how long 33 it should be. 34

4) Training was generally sufficient for the proposed curriculum. 35 6. Include Notes section for Owner and Contractor to note any issues during training 36

(areas requiring further development, etc.) 37 38

J. Following training occurrence, submit completed training records no later than 5 business 39 days following end of training. 40

41 42

END OF SECTION 43 44 45 46

Page 119: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

02 October 2019 12 24 13 - 1 18150.0000Rev. 17 October 2019, Addendum No.1

1 SECTION 12 24 1323 ROLLER WINDOW SHADES456 PART 1 - GENERAL78 1.1 SUMMARY9

10 A. Section Includes:11 1. Manually operated roller shades with single rollers.12 2. Motor-operated roller shades with single rollers.1314 1.2 REFERENCES1516 A. National Electrical Manufacturers Association17 1. NEMA ICS 6: Industrial Control and Systems Enclosures1819 B. NFPA20 1. NFPA 70: National Electrical Code21 2. NFPA 701: Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Flame Propagation of Textiles and 22 Films2324 C. Window Covering Manufacturers Association25 1. WCMA A 100.1: Safety of Corded Window Covering Products (ANSI)2627 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS2829 A. Product Data: For each type of product.3031 1. Include styles, material descriptions, construction details, dimensions of individual 32 components and profiles, features, finishes, and operating instructions for roller 33 shades.3435 B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for roller shades, including 36 shadeband materials, their orientation to rollers, and their seam and batten locations.37 1. Motor-Operated Shades: Include details of installation and diagrams for 38 power, signal, and control wiring.3940 C. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified, 10 inches 41 long.4243 D. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type and color of shadeband material.44 1. Include Samples of accessories involving color selection.4546 E. Samples for Verification: For each type of roller shade.

Page 120: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

02 October 2019 12 24 13 - 2 18150.0000Rev. 17 October 2019, Addendum No.1

1 1. Shadeband Material: Not less than 10 inches square. Mark inside face of material if 2 applicable.3 2. Roller Shade: Full-size operating unit, not less than 16 inches wide by 36 inches long 4 for each type of roller shade indicated.5 3. Installation Accessories: Full-size unit, not less than 10 inches long.67 F. Roller-Shade Schedule: Use same designations indicated on Drawings.89 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

1011 A. Qualification Data: For Installer.1213 B. Product Certificates: For each type of shadeband material, signed by product manufacturer.1415 C. Product Test Reports: For each type of shadeband material, for tests performed by a 16 qualified testing agency.1718 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS1920 A. Maintenance Data: For roller shades to include in maintenance manuals.2122 1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS2324 A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective 25 covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.26 1. Roller Shades: Full-size units equal to 5 percent of quantity installed for each size, 27 color, and shadeband material indicated, but no fewer than [two] <Insert number> 28 units.2930 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE3132 A. Installer Qualifications: Fabricator of products.3334 B. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals, to 35 demonstrate aesthetic effects, and to set quality standards for materials and execution.36 1. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract 37 Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such 38 deviations in writing.39 2. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of 40 the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion.4142 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING4344 A. Deliver roller shades in factory packages, marked with manufacturer, product name, and 45 location of installation using same designations indicated on Drawings.46

Page 121: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

02 October 2019 12 24 13 - 3 18150.0000Rev. 17 October 2019, Addendum No.1

1 1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS23 A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install roller shades until construction and finish work 4 in spaces, including painting, is complete and dry and ambient temperature and humidity 5 conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended 6 use.78 B. Field Measurements: Where roller shades are indicated to fit to other construction, verify 9 dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication and indicate

10 measurements on Shop Drawings. Allow clearances for operating hardware of operable 11 glazed units through entire operating range. Notify Architect of installation conditions that 12 vary from Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid 13 delaying the Work.141516 PART 2 - PRODUCTS1718 2.1 MANUFACTURERS1920 A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the 21 following:22 1. DFB Sales Inc.23 2. Draper Inc.24 3. Hunter Douglas Contract.25 4. Lutron Electronics Co., Inc.26 5. MechoShade Systems, Inc.27 6. Nysan Solar Control Inc.; a Hunter Douglas company.28 7. Architectural Fabric Systems/Solarfective Products Limited.29 8. Springs Window Fashions; SWFcontract.30 9. TimberBlindMetroShade3132 B. Source Limitations: Obtain roller shades from single source from single manufacturer.3334 2.2 MANUALLY OPERATED SHADES WITH SINGLE ROLLERS3536 A. Chain-and-Clutch Operating Mechanisms: With continuous-loop bead chain and clutch 37 that stops shade movement when bead chain is released; permanently adjusted and 38 lubricated.39 1. Bead Chains: Manufacturer's standard.40 a. Loop Length: Full length of roller shade.41 b. Limit Stops: Provide upper and lower ball stops.42 c. Chain-Retainer Type: Chain tensioner, jamb mounted.43 2. Spring Lift-Assist Mechanisms: Manufacturer's standard for balancing roller-shade 44 weight and lifting heavy roller shades.45 a. Provide for shadebands that weigh more than 10 lb or for shades as 46 recommended by manufacturer, whichever criteria are more stringent.47

Page 122: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

02 October 2019 12 24 13 - 4 18150.0000Rev. 17 October 2019, Addendum No.1

1 B. Spring Operating Mechanisms: Roller contains spring sized to accommodate shade size 2 indicated. Provide with positive locking mechanism that can stop shade movement at each 3 half-turn of roller and with manufacturer's standard pull.4 1. Pole: Manufacturer's standard type in length required to make operation convenient 5 from floor level and with hook for engaging pull.67 C. Rollers: Corrosion-resistant steel or extruded-aluminum tubes of diameters and wall 8 thicknesses required to accommodate operating mechanisms and weights and widths of 9 shadebands indicated without deflection. Provide with permanently lubricated drive-end

10 assemblies and idle-end assemblies designed to facilitate removal of shadebands for service.11 1. Roller Drive-End Location: As indicated on Drawings.12 2. Direction of Shadeband Roll: Regular, from back of roller.13 3. Shadeband-to-Roller Attachment: Manufacturer's standard method.1415 D. Mounting Hardware: Brackets or endcaps, corrosion resistant and compatible with roller 16 assembly, operating mechanism, installation accessories, and mounting location and 17 conditions indicated.1819 E. Roller-Coupling Assemblies: Coordinated with operating mechanism and designed to join 20 up to three inline rollers into a multiband shade that is operated by one roller drive-end 21 assembly.2223 F. Shadebands:24 1. Shadeband Material: Light-blocking fabric.25 2. Shadeband Bottom (Hem) Bar: Steel or extruded aluminum.26 a. Type: Exposed with endcaps and integral light seal where bottom (sill) 27 channels are indicated.28 b. Color and Finish: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.2930 G. Installation Accessories:31 1. Exposed Headbox: Rectangular, extruded-aluminum enclosure including front fascia, 32 top and back covers, endcaps, and removable bottom closure.33 a. Height: Manufacturer's standard height required to enclose roller and 34 shadeband when shade is fully open, but not less than 4 inches.35 2. Endcap Covers: To cover exposed endcaps.36 3. Closure Panel and Wall Clip: Removable aluminum panel designed for installation at 37 bottom of site-constructed ceiling recess or pocket and for snap-in attachment to 38 wall clip without fasteners.39 a. Closure-Panel Width: As indicated on Drawings.40 4. Side Channels: With light seals and designed to eliminate light gaps at sides of shades 41 as shades are drawn down. Provide side channels with shadeband guides or other 42 means of aligning shadebands with channels at tops.43 5. Bottom (Sill) Channel or Angle: With light seals and designed to eliminate light gaps 44 at bottoms of shades when shades are closed.45 6. Installation Accessories Color and Finish: As selected from manufacturer's full range.46

Page 123: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

02 October 2019 12 24 13 - 5 18150.0000Rev. 17 October 2019, Addendum No.1

1 2.3 MOTOR-OPERATED, SINGLE-ROLLER SHADES23 A. Motorized Operating System: Provide factory-assembled, shade-operator system of 4 size and capacity and with features, characteristics, and accessories suitable for 5 conditions indicated, complete with electric motor and factory-prewired motor 6 controls, power disconnect switch, enclosures protecting controls and operating 7 parts, and accessories required for reliable operation without malfunction. Include 8 wiring from motor controls to motors. Coordinate operator wiring requirements and 9 electrical characteristics with building electrical system.

10 1. Electrical Components: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a 11 qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.12 2. Electric Motor: Manufacturer's standard tubular, enclosed in roller.13 a. Electrical Characteristics: Single phase, 24 V, 60 Hz.14 3. Remote Control: Electric controls with NEMA ICS 6, Type 1 enclosure for 15 surface mounting. Provide the following for remote-control activation of 16 shades:17 a. Keyed Control Station: Keyed, maintained-contact, three-position, 18 switch-operated control station with open, close, and off functions. 19 Provide two keys per station.20 b. Individual Switch Control Station: Maintained-contact, three-position, 21 toggle-style, wall-switch-operated control station with open, close, and 22 center off functions.23 c. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.24 4. Crank-Operator Override: Crank and gearbox operate shades in event of 25 power outage or motor failure.26 5. Limit Switches: Adjustable switches interlocked with motor controls and set 27 to stop shades automatically at fully raised and fully lowered positions.2829 B. Rollers: Corrosion-resistant steel or extruded-aluminum tubes of diameters and wall 30 thicknesses required to accommodate operating mechanisms and weights and 31 widths of shadebands indicated without deflection. Provide with permanently 32 lubricated drive-end assemblies and idle-end assemblies designed to facilitate 33 removal of shadebands for service.34 1. Roller Drive-End Location: As indicated on Drawings.35 2. Direction of Shadeband Roll: Regular, from back of roller.36 3. Shadeband-to-Roller Attachment: Manufacturer's standard method.3738 C. Mounting Hardware: Brackets or endcaps, corrosion resistant and compatible with 39 roller assembly, operating mechanism, installation accessories, and mounting 40 location and conditions indicated.4142 D. Roller-Coupling Assemblies: Coordinated with operating mechanism and designed 43 to join up to three inline rollers that are operated by one roller drive-end assembly.4445 E. Shadebands:46 1. Shadeband Material: Light-filtering fabric.47 2. Shadeband Bottom (Hem) Bar: Steel or extruded aluminum.

Page 124: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

02 October 2019 12 24 13 - 6 18150.0000Rev. 17 October 2019, Addendum No.1

1 a. Type: Enclosed in sealed pocket of shadeband material.2 b. Color and Finish: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full 3 range.45 F. Installation Accessories:6 1. Front Fascia: Aluminum extrusion that conceals front and underside of roller 7 and operating mechanism and attaches to roller endcaps without exposed 8 fasteners.9 a. Shape: L-shaped.

10 b. Height: Manufacturer's standard height required to conceal roller and 11 shadeband when shade is fully open, but not less than 4 inches.12 2. Endcap Covers: To cover exposed endcaps.13 3. Closure Panel and Wall Clip: Removable aluminum panel designed for 14 installation at bottom of site-constructed ceiling recess or pocket and for 15 snap-in attachment to wall clip without fasteners.16 a. Closure-Panel Width: As indicated on Drawings.17 4. Bottom (Sill) Channel or Angle: With light seals and designed to eliminate 18 light gaps at bottoms of shades when shades are closed.19 5. Installation Accessories Color and Finish: As selected from manufacturer's 20 full range.2122 2.4 SHADEBAND MATERIALS2324 A. Shadeband Material Flame-Resistance Rating: Comply with NFPA 701. Testing by a 25 qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing 26 agency.2728 B. Light-Filtering Fabric: Woven fabric, stain and fade resistant.29 1. Source: Roller-shade manufacturer.30 2. Type: PVC-coated fiberglass.31 3. Weave: Basketweave.32 4. Orientation on Shadeband: Up the bolt.33 5. Openness Factor: 3 percent for exterior windows; 5% for interior windows; 34 location shown on construction drawings.35 6. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.3637 C. Light-Blocking Fabric: Opaque fabric, stain and fade resistant.38 1. Source: Roller-shade manufacturer.39 2. Type: Fiberglass textile with PVC film bonded to both sides.40 3. Orientation on Shadeband: Up the bolt.41 4. Location shown on construction drawings.42 5. Features: Washable.43 6. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.44

Page 125: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

02 October 2019 12 24 13 - 7 18150.0000Rev. 17 October 2019, Addendum No.1

1 2.5 ROLLER-SHADE FABRICATION23 A. Product Safety Standard: Fabricate roller shades to comply with WCMA A 100.1, including 4 requirements for flexible, chain-loop devices; lead content of components; and warning 5 labels.67 B. Unit Sizes: Fabricate units in sizes to fill window and other openings as follows, measured 8 at 74 deg F:9 1. Between (Inside) Jamb Installation: Width equal to jamb-to-jamb dimension of

10 opening in which shade is installed less 1/4 inch per side or 1/2-inch total, plus or 11 minus 1/8 inch. Length equal to head-to-sill or -floor dimension of opening in which 12 shade is installed less 1/4 inch, plus or minus 1/8 inch.13 2. Outside of Jamb Installation: Width and length as indicated, with terminations 14 between shades of end-to-end installations at centerlines of mullion or other defined 15 vertical separations between openings.1617 C. Shadeband Fabrication: Fabricate shadebands without battens or seams to extent possible 18 except as follows:19 1. Vertical Shades: Where width-to-length ratio of shadeband is equal to or greater than 20 1:4, provide battens and seams at uniform spacings along shadeband length to ensure 21 shadeband tracking and alignment through its full range of movement without 22 distortion of the material.23 2. Skylight Shades: Provide battens and seams at uniform spacings along shadeband as 24 required to ensure shadeband tracking and alignment through its full range of 25 movement without distortion or sag of material.26 3. Railroaded Materials: Railroad material where material roll width is less than the 27 required width of shadeband and where indicated. Provide battens and seams as 28 required by railroaded material to produce shadebands with full roll-width panel(s) 29 plus, if required, one partial roll-width panel located at top of shadeband.303132 PART 3 - EXECUTION3334 3.1 EXAMINATION3536 A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with 37 requirements for installation tolerances, operational clearances, accurate locations of 38 connections to building electrical system, and other conditions affecting performance of 39 the Work.4041 B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.4243 3.2 ROLLER-SHADE INSTALLATION4445 A. Install roller shades level, plumb, and aligned with adjacent units according to 46 manufacturer's written instructions.

Page 126: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

02 October 2019 12 24 13 - 8 18150.0000Rev. 17 October 2019, Addendum No.1

1 1. Opaque Shadebands: Located so shadeband is not closer than 2 inches to interior 2 face of glass. Allow clearances for window operation hardware.34 B. Electrical Connections: Connect motor-operated roller shades to building electrical 5 system.67 3.3 ADJUSTING89 A. Adjust and balance roller shades to operate smoothly, easily, safely, and free from binding

10 or malfunction throughout entire operational range.1112 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION1314 A. Clean roller-shade surfaces after installation, according to manufacturer's written 15 instructions.1617 B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer 18 and Installer, that ensure that roller shades are without damage or deterioration at time of 19 Substantial Completion.2021 C. Replace damaged roller shades that cannot be repaired, in a manner approved by Architect, 22 before time of Substantial Completion.2324 3.5 DEMONSTRATION2526 A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel 27 to adjust, operate, and maintain motor-operated roller shades.282930 END OF SECTION

Page 127: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

17 October 2019 13 34 19 - 1 18150.0000Addendum No. 1

1 SECTION 13 34 1923 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS456 PART 1 - GENERAL78 1.1 SUMMARY9

10 A. Section Includes:11 1. Structural-steel framing.12 2. Foam-insulation-core metal roof panels.13 3. Foam-insulation-core metal wall panels.14 4. Insulated translucent panels.15 5. Snow guards.16 6. Accessories.1718 B. Related Sections:19 1. Section 08 36 13 "Sectional Doors."2021 1.2 REFERENCES2223 A. American Architectural Manufacturers Association24 1. AAMA 621: Voluntary Specifications for High Performance Organic Coatings on 25 Coil Coated Architectural Hot Dipped Galvanized (HDG) and Zinc-Aluminum 26 Coated Steel Substrates27 2. AAMA 2603: Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test 28 Procedures for Pigmented Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels2930 B. American Institute of Steel Construction31 1. AISC 303: Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges32 2. AISC 360: Specification for Structural Steel Buildings (ANSI)33 3. Steel Design Guide Series No. 3: Serviceability Design Considerations for Steel 34 Buildings.3536 C. American Iron and Steel Institute37 1. North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural 38 Members.3940 D. American Society of Civil Engineers/Structural Engineering Institute41 1. ASCE/SEI 7: Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures4243 E. American Welding Society44 1. AWS D1.1/D1.1M: Structural Welding Code - Steel45 2. AWS D1.3: Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel4647 F. ASTM International48 1. ASTM A 36/A 36M: Specification for Carbon Structural Steel

Page 128: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

17 October 2019 13 34 19 - 2 18150.0000Addendum No. 1

1 2. ASTM A 53/A 53M: Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-2 Coated, Welded and Seamless3 3. ASTM A 193/A 193M: Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting for 4 High-Temperature or High Pressure Service and Other Special Purpose Applications5 4. ASTM A 307: Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 PSI Tensile 6 Strength7 5. ASTM A 325: Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi 8 Minimum Tensile Strength9 6. ASTM A 325M: Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 830 MPa

10 Minimum Tensile Strength [Metric]11 7. ASTM A 490: Specification for Structural Bolts, Alloy Steel, Heat Treated, 150 ksi 12 Minimum Tensile Strength13 8. ASTM A 490M: Specification for High-Strength Steel Bolts, Classes 10.9 and 10.9.3, 14 for Structural Steel Joints [Metric]15 9. ASTM A 500: Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel 16 Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes17 10. ASTM A 529/A 529M: Specification for High-Strength Carbon-Manganese Steel of 18 Structural Quality19 11. ASTM A 563: Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts20 12. ASTM A 563M: Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts [Metric]21 13. ASTM A 572/A 572M: Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Columbium-22 Vanadium Structural Steel23 14. ASTM A 653/A 653M: Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or 24 Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process25 15. ASTM A 755/A 755M: Specification for Steel Sheet, Metallic Coated by the Hot-Dip 26 Process and Prepainted by the Coil-Coating Process for Exterior Exposed Building 27 Products28 16. ASTM A 780/A 780M: Practice for Repair of Damaged and Uncoated Areas of Hot-29 Dip Galvanized Coatings30 17. ASTM A 792/A 792M: Specification for Steel Sheet, 55% Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-31 Coated by the Hot-Dip Process32 18. ASTM A 992/A 992M: Specification for Steel for Structural Shapes33 19. ASTM A 1008/A 1008M: Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, 34 Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved 35 Formability, Solution Hardened, and Bake Hardenable36 20. ASTM A 1011/A 1011M: Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, 37 Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy and High-Strength Low-Alloy with 38 Improved Formability, and Ultra-High Strength39 21. ASTM C 273/C 273M: Test Method for Shear Properties of Sandwich Core 40 Materials41 22. ASTM C 297: Test Method for Flatwise Tensile Strength of Sandwich Constructions42 23. ASTM C 518: Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Transmission Properties by 43 Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus44 24. ASTM C 920: Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants45 25. ASTM C 991: Specification for Flexible Glass Fiber Insulation for Metal Buildings46 26. ASTM C 1107/C 1107M: Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout 47 (Nonshrink)

Page 129: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

17 October 2019 13 34 19 - 3 18150.0000Addendum No. 1

1 27. ASTM C 1363: Test Method for the Thermal Performance of Building Materials and 2 Envelope Assemblies by Means of a Hot Box Apparatus3 28. ASTM D 1494: Test Method for Diffuse Light Transmission Factor of Reinforced 4 Plastics Panels5 29. ASTM D 1621: Test Method for Compressive Properties of Rigid Cellular Plastics6 30. ASTM D 1622: Test Method for Apparent Density of Rigid Cellular Plastics7 31. ASTM D 2126: Test Method for Response of Rigid Cellular Plastics to Thermal and 8 Humid Aging9 32. ASTM D 2244: Practice for Calculation of Color Tolerances and Color Differences

10 from Instrumentally Measured Color Coordinates11 33. ASTM D 3841: Specification for Glass-Fiber-Reinforced Polyester Plastic Panels12 34. ASTM D 4214: Test Methods for Evaluating the Degree of Chalking of Exterior 13 Paint Films14 35. ASTM D 6226: Test Method for Open-Cell Content of Rigid Cellular Plastics15 36. ASTM E 84: Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials16 37. ASTM E 94: Guide for Radiographic Examination17 38. ASTM E 96/E 96M: Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials18 39. ASTM E 108: Test Methods for Fire Tests of Roof Coverings19 40. ASTM E 119: Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials20 41. ASTM E 136: Test Method for Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube Furnace at 21 750C22 42. ASTM E 164: Practice for Contact Ultrasonic Contact Testing of Weldments23 43. ASTM E 165/E 165M: Practice for Liquid Penetrant Examination for General 24 Industry25 44. ASTM E 283: Test Method for Determining Rate of Air Leakage through Exterior 26 Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors under Specified Pressure Differences across the 27 Specimen28 45. ASTM E 329: Specification for Agencies Engaged in Construction Inspection, 29 Testing, or Special Inspection30 46. ASTM E 331: Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, 31 Doors, and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference32 47. ASTM E 709: Guide for Magnetic Particle Testing33 48. ASTM E 1592: Test Method for Structural Performance of Sheet Metal Roof and 34 Siding Systems by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference35 49. ASTM E 1646: Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Metal Roof Panel 36 Systems by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference37 50. ASTM E 1680: Test Method for Rate of Air Leakage through Exterior Metal Roof 38 Panel Systems39 51. ASTM E 2190: Specification for Insulating Glass Unit Performance and Evaluation40 52. ASTM F 436: Specification for Hardened Steel Washers41 53. ASTM F 436M: Specification for Hardened Steel Washers [Metric]42 54. ASTM F 844: Specification for Washers, Steel, Plain (Flat), Unhardened for General 43 Use44 55. ASTM F 1554: Specification for Anchor Bolts, Steel, 36, 55, and 105-ksi Yield 45 Strength46 56. ASTM F 1852: Specification for "Twist Off" Type Tension Control Structural 47 Bolt/Nut/Washer Assemblies, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile 48 Strength

Page 130: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

17 October 2019 13 34 19 - 4 18150.0000Addendum No. 1

1 G. International Accreditation Service, Inc.2 1. AC472: Accreditation Criteria for Inspection Programs for Manufacturers of Metal 3 Building Systems45 H. Metal Building Manufacturers Association6 1. Metal Building Systems Manual.78 I. NFPA9 1. NFPA 285: Method of Test for the Evaluation of Fire Propagation Characteristics of

10 Exterior, Nonload-Bearing Wall Assemblies Containing Combustible Components1112 J. Research Council on Structural Connections13 1. Specification for Structural Joints Using High-Strength Bolts.1415 K. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association16 1. Architectural Sheet Metal Manual.1718 L. SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings19 1. SSPC-SP 2: Surface Preparation Specification No. 2: Hand Tool Cleaning20 2. SSPC-SP 3: Surface Preparation Specification No. 3: Power Tool Cleaning2122 1.3 DEFINITIONS2324 A. Terminology Standard: See MBMA's "Metal Building Systems Manual" for definitions of 25 terms for metal building system construction not otherwise defined in this Section or in 26 referenced standards.2728 1.4 COORDINATION2930 A. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete foundations and casting of anchor-rod inserts 31 into foundation walls and footings. Anchor rod installation, concrete, reinforcement, and 32 formwork requirements are specified in Section 03 30 00 "Cast-in-Place Concrete."3334 B. Coordinate metal panel assemblies with rain drainage work, flashing, trim, and construction 35 of supports and other adjoining work to provide a leakproof, secure, and noncorrosive 36 installation.3738 1.5 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS3940 A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.41 1. Review methods and procedures related to metal building systems including, but not 42 limited to, the following:43 a. Condition of foundations and other preparatory work performed by other 44 trades.45 b. Structural load limitations.46 c. Construction schedule. Verify availability of materials and erector's personnel, 47 equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays.48 d. Required tests, inspections, and certifications.

Page 131: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

17 October 2019 13 34 19 - 5 18150.0000Addendum No. 1

1 e. Unfavorable weather and forecasted weather conditions and impact on 2 construction schedule.3 2. Review methods and procedures related to metal roof panel assemblies including, 4 but not limited to, the following:5 a. Compliance with requirements for purlin and rafter conditions, including 6 flatness and attachment to structural members.7 b. Structural limitations of purlins and rafters during and after roofing.8 c. Flashings, special roof details, roof drainage, roof penetrations, equipment 9 curbs, and condition of other construction that will affect metal roof panels.

10 d. Temporary protection requirements for metal roof panel assembly during and 11 after installation.12 e. Roof observation and repair after metal roof panel installation.13 3. Review methods and procedures related to metal wall panel assemblies including, but 14 not limited to, the following:15 a. Compliance with requirements for support conditions, including alignment 16 between and attachment to structural members.17 b. Structural limitations of girts and columns during and after wall panel 18 installation.19 c. Flashings, special siding details, wall penetrations, openings, and condition of 20 other construction that will affect metal wall panels.21 d. Temporary protection requirements for metal wall panel assembly during and 22 after installation.23 e. Wall observation and repair after metal wall panel installation.2425 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS2627 A. Product Data: For each type of metal building system component. Include construction 28 details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and 29 finishes for the following:30 1. Structural-steel-framing system.31 2. Metal roof panels.32 3. Metal wall panels.33 4. Translucent panels.34 5. Flashing and trim.35 6. Snow guards36 7. Accessories.3738 B. Shop Drawings: For the following metal building system components. Include plans, 39 elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work.40 1. Anchor-Bolt Plans: Submit anchor-bolt plans and templates before foundation work 41 begins. Include location, diameter, and projection of anchor bolts required to attach 42 metal building to foundation. Indicate column reactions at each location.43 2. Structural-Framing Drawings: Show complete fabrication of primary and secondary 44 framing; include provisions for openings. Indicate welds and bolted connections, 45 distinguishing between shop and field applications. Include transverse cross-sections.46 3. Metal Roof and Wall Panel Layout Drawings: Show layouts of metal panels including 47 methods of support. Include details of edge conditions, joints, panel profiles,

Page 132: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

17 October 2019 13 34 19 - 6 18150.0000Addendum No. 1

1 corners, anchorages, trim, flashings, closures, and special details. Distinguish between 2 factory- and field-assembled work; show locations of exposed fasteners.3 a. Show roof-mounted items including roof hatches, equipment supports, pipe 4 supports and penetrations, lighting fixtures, and items mounted on roof curbs.5 b. Show wall-mounted items including doors, windows, louvers, and lighting 6 fixtures.7 c. Show translucent panels.8 d. Show snow guards.9 4. Accessory Drawings: Include details of the following items, at a scale of not less than

10 3 inches per 12 inches (1:4):11 a. Flashing and trim.12 b. Gutters.13 c. Downspouts.14 d. Louvers.1516 C. Samples for Initial Selection: For units with factory-applied color finish.1718 D. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish required, prepared on Samples of 19 sizes indicated below:20 1. Metal Panels: Nominal 12 inches (300 mm) long by actual panel width. Include 21 fasteners, closures, and other exposed panel accessories.22 2. Translucent Panels: Nominal 12 inches (300 mm) long by actual panel width.23 3. Flashing and Trim: Nominal 12 inches (300 mm) long. Include fasteners and other 24 exposed accessories.25 4. Accessories: Nominal 12-inch- (300-mm-) long Samples for each type of accessory.2627 E. Delegated-Design Submittal: For metal building systems indicated to comply with 28 performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by 29 the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation.3031 1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS3233 A. Qualification Data: For qualified erector and professional engineer.3435 B. Welding certificates.3637 C. Metal Building System Certificates: For each type of metal building system, from 38 manufacturer.39 1. Letter of Design Certification: Signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. 40 Include the following:41 a. Name and location of Project.42 b. Order number.43 c. Name of manufacturer.44 d. Name of Contractor.45 e. Building dimensions including width, length, height, and roof slope.46 f. Indicate compliance with AISC standards for hot-rolled steel and AISI 47 standards for cold-rolled steel, including edition dates of each standard.48 g. Governing building code and year of edition.

Page 133: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

17 October 2019 13 34 19 - 7 18150.0000Addendum No. 1

1 h. Design Loads: Include dead load, roof live load, collateral loads, roof snow 2 load, deflection, wind loads/speeds and exposure, seismic design category or 3 effective peak velocity-related acceleration/peak acceleration, and auxiliary 4 loads (cranes).5 i. Load Combinations: Indicate that loads were applied acting simultaneously 6 with concentrated loads, according to governing building code.7 j. Building-Use Category: Indicate category of building use and its effect on load 8 importance factors.9 D. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by

10 manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, for insulation and vapor-retarder 11 facings. Include reports for thermal resistance, fire-test-response characteristics, water-12 vapor transmission, and water absorption.1314 E. Field quality-control reports.1516 F. Warranties: Sample of special warranties.1718 1.8 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS1920 A. Maintenance Data: For metal panel finishes to include in maintenance manuals.2122 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE2324 A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer and member of MBMA.25 1. Accreditation: According to the International Accreditation Service's AC472.26 2. Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of comprehensive engineering analysis and 27 Shop Drawings by a professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in 28 jurisdiction where Project is located.2930 B. Land Surveyor Qualifications: A professional land surveyor who practices in jurisdiction 31 where Project is located and who is experienced in providing surveying services of the kind 32 indicated.3334 C. Erector Qualifications: An experienced erector who specializes in erecting and installing 35 work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and who is 36 acceptable to manufacturer.3738 D. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM E 329 for testing indicated.3940 E. Source Limitations: Obtain metal building system components, including primary and 41 secondary framing and metal panel assemblies, from single source from single 42 manufacturer.4344 F. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following:45 1. AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel."46 2. AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel."47

Page 134: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

17 October 2019 13 34 19 - 8 18150.0000Addendum No. 1

1 G. Structural Steel: Comply with AISC 360, "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings," for 2 design requirements and allowable stresses.34 H. Cold-Formed Steel: Comply with AISI's "North American Specification for the Design of 5 Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members" for design requirements and allowable stresses.67 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING89 A. Deliver components, sheets, panels, and other manufactured items so as not to be

10 damaged or deformed. Package metal panels for protection during transportation and 11 handling.1213 B. Unload, store, and erect metal panels in a manner to prevent bending, warping, twisting, 14 and surface damage.1516 C. Stack metal panels horizontally on platforms or pallets, covered with suitable weathertight 17 and ventilated covering. Store metal panels to ensure dryness, with positive slope for 18 drainage of water. Do not store metal panels in contact with other materials that might 19 cause staining, denting, or other surface damage.2021 1.11 PROJECT CONDITIONS2223 A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when weather conditions permit metal 24 panels to be installed according to manufacturers' written instructions and warranty 25 requirements.2627 B. Field Measurements:28 1. Established Dimensions for Foundations: Comply with established dimensions on 29 approved anchor-bolt plans, establishing foundation dimensions and proceeding 30 with fabricating structural framing without field measurements. Coordinate anchor-31 bolt installation to ensure that actual anchorage dimensions correspond to 32 established dimensions.33 2. Established Dimensions for Metal Panels: Where field measurements cannot be 34 made without delaying the Work, either establish framing and opening dimensions 35 and proceed with fabricating metal panels without field measurements, or allow for 36 field trimming metal panels. Coordinate construction to ensure that actual building 37 dimensions, locations of structural members, and openings correspond to established 38 dimensions.

Page 135: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

17 October 2019 13 34 19 - 9 18150.0000Addendum No. 1

1 1.12 WARRANTY23 A. Special Warranty on Metal Panel Finishes: Manufacturer's standard form in which 4 manufacturer agrees to repair finish or replace metal panels that show evidence of 5 deterioration of factory-applied finishes within specified warranty period.6 1. Exposed Panel Finish: Deterioration includes, but is not limited to, the following:7 a. Color fading more than 5 Hunter units when tested according to 8 ASTM D 2244.9 b. Chalking in excess of a No. 8 rating when tested according to ASTM D 4214.

10 c. Cracking, checking, peeling, or failure of paint to adhere to bare metal.11 2. Finish Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion.1213 B. Special Weathertightness Warranty for Metal Roof Panels: Manufacturer's standard form in 14 which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace standing-seam metal roof panel assemblies 15 that leak or otherwise fail to remain weathertight within specified warranty period.16 1. Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion.171819 PART 2 - PRODUCTS2021 2.1 MANUFACTURERS2223 A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the 24 following:25 1. American Buildings Company; Division of Magnatrax Corp.26 2. American Steel Building Co., Inc.27 3. Butler Manufacturing Company; a BlueScope Steel company.28 4. Ceco Building Systems; Division of NCI Building Systems, L.P.29 5. Chief Buildings; Division of Chief Industries, Inc.30 6. Gulf States Manufacturers, Inc.; Division of Magnatrax Corp.31 7. Nucor Building Systems.32 8. Red Dot Buildings.33 9. Star Building Systems; an NCI company.34 10. VP Buildings; a United Dominion company.35 11. Schulte Building Systems, Inc.36 12. Alliance Steel Building Systems 3738 2.2 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS3940 A. Description: Provide a complete, integrated set of metal building system manufacturer's 41 standard mutually dependent components and assemblies that form a metal building 42 system capable of withstanding structural and other loads, thermally induced movement, 43 and exposure to weather without failure or infiltration of water into building interior.44 1. Provide metal building system of size and with bay spacings, roof slopes, and spans 45 indicated.4647 B. Primary-Frame Type:48 1. Rigid Clear Span: Solid-member, structural-framing system without interior columns.

Page 136: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

17 October 2019 13 34 19 - 10 18150.0000Addendum No. 1

12 C. End-Wall Framing: Manufacturer's standard, for buildings not required to be expandable, 3 consisting of primary frame, capable of supporting one-half of a bay design load, and end-4 wall columns.56 D. Secondary-Frame Type: Manufacturer's standard purlins and joists and flush-framed girts.78 E. Eave Height: Manufacturer's standard height, as indicated by nominal height on Drawings.9

10 F. Bay Spacing: As indicated on Drawings.1112 G. Roof Slope: 1/2 inch per 12 inches (1/2:12).1314 H. Roof System: Manufacturer's standard foam-insulation-core metal wall panels metal roof 15 panels.1617 I. Exterior Wall System: Manufacturer's standard foam-insulation-core metal wall panels.1819 2.3 METAL BUILDING SYSTEM PERFORMANCE2021 A. Delegated Design: Design metal building system, including comprehensive engineering 22 analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design 23 criteria indicated.2425 B. Structural Performance: Metal building systems shall withstand the effects of gravity loads 26 and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated according 27 to procedures in MBMA's "Metal Building Systems Manual."28 1. Design Loads: As indicated on Drawings and by ASCE/SEI 7, whichever of the two 29 is more restrictive.30 a. Collateral loads:31 1) Include mechanical, electrical, and plumbing loads of 5 lbs./sq. ft. 32 Concentrated loads greater than 200 pounds require special design.33 2) Additional Loads: Additional roof purlins may be required. Refer to the 34 drawings for locations of additional equipment. The 35 contractor/manufacturer shall coordinate purlin designs with all 36 mechanical, electrical, or other equipment regardless of whether it is 37 located on drawings.38 3) Review pipe hanger clamps to be used to minimize torsion on the 39 purlins.40 2. Deflection Limits: Design metal building system assemblies to withstand design 41 loads with deflections no greater than the following:42 a. Purlins and Rafters: Vertical deflection of L/240 of the span.43 b. Girts: Horizontal deflection of 1/240 of the span.44 c. Channel Girts at Top of Block Wall: Horizontal deflection of 1/480 of the 45 span.46 d. Metal Roof Panels: Vertical deflection of 1/120 of the span.47 e. Metal Wall Panels: Horizontal deflection of 1/120 of the span.

Page 137: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

17 October 2019 13 34 19 - 11 18150.0000Addendum No. 1

1 f. Design secondary-framing system to accommodate deflection of primary 2 framing and construction tolerances, and to maintain clearances at openings.3 3. Drift Limits: Engineer building structure to withstand design loads with drift limits 4 no greater than the following:5 a. Lateral Drift: Maximum of 1/240 of the building height.6 4. Metal panel assemblies shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and loads and 7 stresses within limits and under conditions indicated according to ASTM E 1592.89 C. Seismic Performance: Metal building systems shall withstand the effects of earthquake

10 motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7.1112 D. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements resulting from the following 13 maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures by preventing buckling, 14 opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of joint sealants, failure of 15 connections, and other detrimental effects. Base engineering calculations on surface 16 temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss.17 1. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F (67 deg C), ambient; 180 deg F (100 18 deg C), material surfaces.1920 E. Fire Propagation Characteristics: Exterior wall assemblies containing foam plastics pass 21 NFPA 285 fire test.2223 F. Air Infiltration for Metal Roof Panels: Air leakage of not more than 0.06 cfm/sq. ft. 24 (0.3 L/s per sq. m) when tested according to ASTM E 1680 at the following test-pressure 25 difference:26 1. Test-Pressure Difference: 6.24 lbf/sq. ft. (300 Pa).2728 G. Air Infiltration for Metal Wall Panels: Air leakage of not more than 0.06 cfm/sq. ft. 29 (0.3 L/s per sq. m) when tested according to ASTM E 283 at the following test-pressure 30 difference:31 1. Test-Pressure Difference: 1.57 lbf/sq. ft. (75 Pa).3233 H. Water Penetration for Metal Roof Panels: No water penetration when tested according to 34 ASTM E 1646 at the following test-pressure difference:35 1. Test-Pressure Difference: 6.24 lbf/sq. ft. (300 Pa).3637 I. Water Penetration for Metal Wall Panels: No water penetration when tested according to 38 ASTM E 331 at the following test-pressure difference:39 1. Test-Pressure Difference: 6.24 lbf/sq. ft. (300 Pa).4041 J. Wind-Uplift Resistance: Provide metal roof panel assemblies that comply with UL 580 for 42 Class 90.4344 2.4 STRUCTURAL-STEEL FRAMING4546 A. Primary Framing: Manufacturer's standard primary-framing system, designed to withstand 47 required loads and specified requirements. Primary framing includes transverse and lean-to

Page 138: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

17 October 2019 13 34 19 - 12 18150.0000Addendum No. 1

1 frames; rafter, rake, and canopy beams; sidewall, intermediate, end-wall, and corner 2 columns; and wind bracing.3 1. General: Provide frames with attachment plates, bearing plates, and splice members. 4 Factory drill for field-bolted assembly. Provide frame span and spacing indicated.5 a. Slight variations in span and spacing may be acceptable if necessary to comply 6 with manufacturer's standard, as approved by Architect.7 2. Rigid Clear-Span Frames: I-shaped frame sections fabricated from shop-welded, 8 built-up steel plates or structural-steel shapes. Interior columns are not permitted.9 3. Frame Configuration: Single gable.

10 4. Exterior Column Type: Uniform depth to a height of 120 inches above finished 11 floor. Refer to Architectural plan details for maximum frame and wind bent column 12 dimensions. Increase thickness of flanges and webs as required to maintain these 13 dimensions.14 5. Rafter Type: Tapered.1516 B. End-Wall Framing: Manufacturer's standard primary end-wall framing fabricated for field-17 bolted assembly to comply with the following:18 1. End-Wall and Corner Columns: I-shaped sections fabricated from structural-steel 19 shapes; shop-welded, built-up steel plates; or C-shaped, cold-formed, structural-steel 20 sheet.21 2. End-Wall Rafters: C-shaped, cold-formed, structural-steel sheet; or I-shaped sections 22 fabricated from shop-welded, built-up steel plates or structural-steel shapes.2324 C. Secondary Framing: Manufacturer's standard secondary framing, including purlins, girts, 25 eave struts, flange bracing, base members, gable angles, clips, headers, jambs, and other 26 miscellaneous structural members. Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate framing from 27 either cold-formed, structural-steel sheet or roll-formed, metallic-coated steel sheet, 28 prepainted with coil coating, to comply with the following:29 1. Purlins: C- or Z-shaped sections; fabricated from built-up steel plates, steel sheet, or 30 structural-steel shapes; minimum 2-1/2-inch- (64-mm-) wide flanges.31 a. Depth: As needed to comply with system performance requirements.32 2. Purlins: Steel joists of depths indicated.33 3. Girts: C- or Z-shaped sections; fabricated from built-up steel plates, steel sheet, or 34 structural-steel shapes. Form ends of Z-sections with stiffening lips angled 40 to 50 35 degrees from flange, with minimum 2-1/2-inch- (64-mm-) wide flanges.36 a. Depth: As required to comply with system performance requirements.37 4. Eave Struts: Unequal-flange, C-shaped sections; fabricated from built-up steel plates, 38 steel sheet, or structural-steel shapes; to provide adequate backup for metal panels.39 5. Flange Bracing: Minimum 2-by-2-by-1/8-inch (51-by-51-by-3-mm) structural-steel 40 angles or 1-inch- (25-mm-) diameter, cold-formed structural tubing to stiffen 41 primary-frame flanges.42 6. Sag Bracing: Minimum 1-by-1-by-1/8-inch (25-by-25-by-3-mm) structural-steel 43 angles.44 7. Base or Sill Angles: Minimum 3-by-2-inch (76-by-51-mm) zinc-coated (galvanized) 45 steel sheet.46 8. Purlin and Girt Clips: Manufacturer's standard clips fabricated from steel sheet. 47 Provide galvanized clips where clips are connected to galvanized framing members.

Page 139: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

17 October 2019 13 34 19 - 13 18150.0000Addendum No. 1

1 9. Secondary End-Wall Framing: Manufacturer's standard sections fabricated from 2 structural-steel sheet.3 10. Framing for Openings: Channel shapes; fabricated from cold-formed, structural-steel 4 sheet or structural-steel shapes. Frame head and jamb of door openings and head, 5 jamb, and sill of other openings.6 11. Miscellaneous Structural Members: Manufacturer's standard sections fabricated from 7 cold-formed, structural-steel sheet; built-up steel plates; or zinc-coated (galvanized) 8 steel sheet; designed to withstand required loads.9

10 D. Bracing: Provide adjustable wind bracing as follows:11 1. Rods: ASTM A 36/A 36M; ASTM A 572/A 572M, Grade 50 (345); or 12 ASTM A 529/A 529M, Grade 50 (345); minimum 1/2-inch- (13-mm-) diameter 13 steel; threaded full length or threaded a minimum of 6 inches (152 mm) at each end.14 2. Rigid Portal Frames: Fabricated from shop-welded, built-up steel plates or structural-15 steel shapes to match primary framing; of size required to withstand design loads.16 3. Fixed-Base Columns: Fabricated from shop-welded, built-up steel plates or 17 structural-steel shapes to match primary framing; of size required to withstand design 18 loads.19 4. Bracing: Provide wind bracing using any method specified above, at manufacturer's 20 option.2122 E. Bolts: Provide plain-finish bolts for structural-framing components that are primed or 23 finish painted. Provide hot-dip galvanized bolts for structural-framing components that are 24 galvanized.2526 F. Materials:27 1. W-Shapes: ASTM A 992/A 992M; ASTM A 572/A 572M, Grade 50 or 55 (345 or 28 380); or ASTM A 529/A 529M, Grade 50 or 55 (345 or 380).29 2. Channels, Angles, M-Shapes, and S-Shapes: ASTM A 36/A 36M; 30 ASTM A 572/A 572M, Grade 50 or 55 (345 or 380); or ASTM A 529/A 529M, 31 Grade 50 or 55 (345 or 380).32 3. Plate and Bar: ASTM A 36/A 36M; ASTM A 572/A 572M, Grade 50 or 55 (345 or 33 380); or ASTM A 529/A 529M, Grade 50 or 55 (345 or 380).34 4. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E or S, Grade B.35 5. Cold-Formed Hollow Structural Sections: ASTM A 500, Grade B or C, structural 36 tubing.37 6. Structural-Steel Sheet: Hot-rolled, ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, Structural Steel (SS), 38 Grades 30 through 55 (205 through 380), or High-Strength Low-Alloy Steel 39 (HSLAS), Grades 45 through 70 (310 through 480); or cold-rolled, 40 ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Structural Steel (SS), Grades 25 through 80 (170 through 41 550), or High-Strength Low-Alloy Steel (HSLAS), Grades 45 through 70 (310 42 through 480).43 7. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Structural Steel (SS), Grades 33 44 through 80 (230 through 550,) or High-Strength Low-Alloy Steel (HSLAS), 45 Grades 50 through 80 (340 through 550); with G60 (Z180) coating designation; mill 46 phosphatized.

Page 140: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

17 October 2019 13 34 19 - 14 18150.0000Addendum No. 1

1 8. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet Prepainted with Coil Coating: Steel sheet, metallic coated 2 by the hot-dip process and prepainted by the coil-coating process to comply with 3 ASTM A 755/A 755M.4 a. Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Structural Steel 5 (SS), Grades 33 through 80 (230 through 550,) or High-Strength Low-Alloy 6 Steel (HSLAS), Grades 50 through 80 (340 through 550); with G90 (Z275) 7 coating designation.8 b. Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 792/A 792M, Structural 9 Steel (SS), Grade 50 or 80 (340 or 550); with Class AZ50 (AZM150) coating.

10 9. Non-High-Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 307, Grade A 11 (ASTM F 568M, Property Class 4.6), carbon-steel, hex-head bolts; ASTM A 563 12 (ASTM A 563M) carbon-steel hex nuts; and ASTM F 844 plain (flat) steel washers.13 10. High-Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 325 (ASTM A 325M), Type 1, 14 heavy-hex steel structural bolts; ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) heavy-hex carbon-15 steel nuts; and ASTM F 436 (ASTM F 436M) hardened carbon-steel washers.16 11. High-Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 490 (ASTM A 490M), Type 1, 17 heavy-hex steel structural bolts or tension-control, bolt-nut-washer assemblies with 18 spline ends; ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) heavy-hex carbon-steel nuts; and 19 ASTM F 436 (ASTM F 436M) hardened carbon-steel washers, plain.20 12. Tension-Control, High-Strength Bolt-Nut-Washer Assemblies: ASTM F 1852, 21 Type 1, heavy-hex-head steel structural bolts with spline ends.22 13. Unheaded Anchor Rods: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36, ASTM A 572/A 572M, 23 Grade 50 (345), ASTM A 36/A 36M, or ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568M, 24 Property Class 4.6).25 a. Configuration: Straight.26 b. Nuts: ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) heavy-hex carbon steel.27 c. Plate Washers: ASTM A 36/A 36M carbon steel.28 d. Washers: ASTM F 436 (ASTM F 436M) hardened carbon steel.29 14. Headed Anchor Rods: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36, or ASTM A 307, Grade A 30 (ASTM F 568M, Property Class 4.6).31 a. Configuration: Straight.32 b. Nuts: ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) heavy-hex carbon steel.33 c. Plate Washers: ASTM A 36/A 36M carbon steel.34 d. Washers: ASTM F 436 (ASTM F 436M) hardened carbon steel.35 15. Threaded Rods: ASTM A 193/A 193M, ASTM A 572/A 572M, Grade 50 (345), 36 ASTM A 36/A 36M, or ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568M, Property Class 4.6).37 a. Nuts: ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) heavy-hex carbon steel.38 b. Washers: ASTM F 436 (ASTM F 436M) hardened, or ASTM A 36/A 36M 39 carbon steel.4041 G. Finish: Factory primed. Apply specified primer immediately after cleaning and pretreating.42 1. Apply primer to primary and secondary framing to a minimum dry film thickness of 43 1 mil (0.025 mm).44 a. Prime secondary framing formed from uncoated steel sheet to a minimum dry 45 film thickness of 0.5 mil (0.013 mm) on each side.46 2. Prime galvanized members with specified primer after phosphoric acid pretreatment.47 3. Primer: SSPC-Paint 15, Type I, red oxide.48

Page 141: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

17 October 2019 13 34 19 - 15 18150.0000Addendum No. 1

1 2.5 FOAMED-INSULATION-CORE METAL ROOF PANELS23 A. General: Provide factory-formed and -assembled metal roof panels fabricated from two 4 sheets of metal with insulation core foamed in place during fabrication with joints between 5 panels designed to form weathertight seals. Include accessories required for weathertight 6 installation.7 1. Panel Performance:8 a. Flatwise Tensile Strength: 30 psi (200 kPa) when tested according to 9 ASTM C297/C297M.

10 b. Humid Aging: Volume increase not greater than 6.0 percent and no 11 delamination or metal corrosion when tested for seven days at 140 deg F (60 12 deg C) and 100 percent relative humidity according to ASTM D2126.13 c. Heat Aging: Volume increase not greater than 2.0 percent and no 14 delamination, surface blistering, or permanent bowing when tested for seven 15 days at 200 deg F (93 deg C) according to ASTM D2126.16 d. Cold Aging: Volume decrease not more than 1.0 percent and no delamination, 17 surface blistering, or permanent bowing when tested for seven days at minus 18 20 deg F (29 deg C) according to ASTM D2126.19 e. Fatigue: No evidence of delamination, core cracking, or permanent bowing 20 when tested to a 20-lbf/sq. ft. (958-kPa) positive and negative wind load and 21 with deflection of L/180 for 2 million cycles.22 f. Autoclave: No delamination when exposed to 2-psi (13.8-kPa) pressure at a 23 temperature of 212 deg F (100 deg C) for 2-1/2 hours.24 g. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Class A according to ASTM E108.25 2. Insulation Core: Modified isocyanurate or polyurethane foam using a non-CFC 26 blowing agent, with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 25 and 27 450, respectively.28 a. Closed-Cell Content: 90 percent when tested according to ASTM D6226.29 b. Density: 2.0 to 2.6 lb/cu. ft. (32 to 42 kg/cu. m) when tested according to 30 ASTM D1622.31 c. Compressive Strength: Minimum 20 psi (140 kPa) when tested according to 32 ASTM D1621.33 d. Shear Strength: 26 psi (179 kPa) when tested according to ASTM C273.3435 B. Standing-Seam-Profile, Foamed-Insulation-Core Metal Roof Panels: Formed with vertical 36 tongue-and-groove ribs at panel edges and intermediate stiffening ribs symmetrically 37 spaced between ribs; designed for sequential installation by interlocking tongue-and-groove 38 panel edges and mechanically attaching panels to supports using concealed clips located 39 between panels and engaging edges of adjacent panels, and mechanically seaming panels 40 together.41 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of 42 the following:43 a. All Weather Insulated Panels. (Basis of design – Standing Seam (SR2))44 b. Butler Manufacturing Company; a division of BlueScope Buildings North 45 America, Inc.46 c. IPS Corporation.47 d. Metl-Span.

Page 142: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

17 October 2019 13 34 19 - 16 18150.0000Addendum No. 1

1 2. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: Facings of zinc-coated (galvanized) steel sheet 2 complying with ASTM A653/A653M, G90 (Z275) coating designation, or 3 aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet complying with ASTM A792/A792M, 4 Class AZ50 (Class AZM150) coating designation; structural quality. Prepainted by 5 the coil-coating process to comply with ASTM A755/A755M.6 a. Nominal Thickness: 0.022 inch (0.56 mm).7 b. Exterior Finish: Two-coat fluoropolymer.8 1) Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.9 c. Interior Finish: Siliconized polyester.

10 1) Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.11 3. Joint Type: As standard with manufacturer.12 4. Panel Coverage: 40 inches (1016 mm) nominal.13 5. Panel Thickness: 3.25 inches (102 mm).14 6. Thermal-Resistance Value (R-Value): R=26 according to ASTM C1363.1516 2.6 FOAMED-INSULATION-CORE METAL WALL PANELS1718 A. General: Provide factory-formed and -assembled metal wall panels fabricated from two 19 metal facing sheets and insulation core foamed in place during fabrication, and with 20 tongue-and-groove joints at panel edges designed to form weathertight seals with flat pans 21 between joints. Include accessories required for weathertight installation.22 1. Panel Performance:23 a. Flatwise Tensile Strength: 30 psi (200 kPa) when tested according to 24 ASTM C297/C297M.25 b. Humid Aging: Volume increase not greater than 6.0 percent and no 26 delamination or metal corrosion when tested for seven days at 140 deg F (60 27 deg C) and 100 percent relative humidity according to ASTM D2126.28 c. Heat Aging: Volume increase not greater than 2.0 percent and no 29 delamination, surface blistering, or permanent bowing when tested for seven 30 days at 200 deg F (93 deg C) according to ASTM D2126.31 d. Cold Aging: Volume decrease not more than 1.0 percent and no delamination, 32 surface blistering, or permanent bowing when tested for seven days at minus 33 20 deg F (29 deg C) according to ASTM D2126.34 e. Fatigue: No evidence of delamination, core cracking, or permanent bowing 35 when tested to a 20-lbf/sq. ft. (958-kPa) positive and negative wind load and 36 with deflection of L/180 for 2 million cycles.37 f. Autoclave: No delamination when exposed to 2-psi (13.8-kPa) pressure at a 38 temperature of 212 deg F (100 deg C) for 2-1/2 hours.39 g. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Class A according to ASTM E108.40 2. Insulation Core: Modified isocyanurate or polyurethane foam using a non-CFC 41 blowing agent, with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 25 and 42 450, respectively.43 a. Closed-Cell Content: 90 percent when tested according to ASTM D6226.44 b. Density: 2.0 to 2.6 lb/cu. ft. (32 to 42 kg/cu. m) when tested according to 45 ASTM D1622.46 c. Compressive Strength: Minimum 20 psi (140 kPa) when tested according to 47 ASTM D1621.

Page 143: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

17 October 2019 13 34 19 - 17 18150.0000Addendum No. 1

1 d. Shear Strength: 26 psi (179 kPa) when tested according to 2 ASTM C273/C273M.34 B. Concealed-Fastener, Foamed-Insulation-Core Metal Wall Panels: Formed with tongue-and-5 groove panel edges; designed for sequential installation by interlocking panel edges and 6 mechanically attaching panels to supports using concealed clips or fasteners.7 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of 8 the following:9 a. All Weather Insulated Panels. (Basis of design – Flat (FL40))

10 b. Butler Manufacturing Company; a division of BlueScope Buildings North 11 America, Inc.12 c. IPS Corporation.13 d. Metl-Span.14 2. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: Facings of zinc-coated (galvanized) steel sheet 15 complying with ASTM A653/A653M, G90 (Z275) coating designation, or 16 aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet complying with ASTM A792/A792M, 17 Class AZ50 (Class AZM150) coating designation; structural quality. Prepainted by 18 the coil-coating process to comply with ASTM A755/A755M.19 a. Nominal Thickness: 0.022 inch (0.56 mm).20 b. Surface: Flat finish.21 c. Exterior Finish: Two-coat fluoropolymer.22 1) Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.23 d. Interior Finish: Siliconized polyester.24 1) Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.25 3. Panel Coverage: 40 inches (1016 mm) nominal.26 4. Panel Thickness: 2.5 inches (64 mm).27 5. Thermal-Resistance Value (R-Value): R=20 according to ASTM C1363.2829 2.7 INSULATED TRANSLUCENT PANELS3031 A. Insulated Translucent Panels: Fabricate insulating units of two sheets of glass-fiber-32 reinforced polyester, translucent plastic separated by an air space; complying with 33 ASTM D 3841, Type CC1 (limited flammability), Grade 1 (weather resistant); smooth 34 finish on both sides. Match profile of adjacent metal panels.35 1. Panel Weight: Not less than 13 oz./sq. ft. (3967 g/sq. m).36 2. Light Transmittance: Not less than 42 percent according to ASTM D 1494.37 3. Metal Edge: Fabricate full length of each side of panel with metal edge for seaming 38 into standing-seam roof panel joint.39 4. Color: White.40 5. Panel Coverage: 20 inches (518 mm) nominal.41 6. Panel Thickness: 1.6 inches (41 mm).42 7. Thermal-Resistance Value (R-Value): R=4.5 according to ASTM C1363.43

44 B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the 45 following:46 a. All Weather Insulated Panels. (Basis of design – Insulated Wall Lites 47 LTC404x400)

Page 144: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

17 October 2019 13 34 19 - 18 18150.0000Addendum No. 1

1 b. Kalwall23 C. Performance:4 1. Surface-Burning Characteristics: As determined by testing identical products 5 according to ASTM E 84 by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with 6 appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.7 a. Flame-Spread Index: 25 or less.8 b. Smoke-Developed Index: 450 or less.9

10 D. Mastic for Translucent Panels: Nonstaining, saturated vinyl polymer as recommended by 11 translucent panel manufacturer for sealing laps.1213 2.8 RAIL-TYPE SNOW GUARDS1415 A. Seam-Mounted, Rail-Type Snow Guards:16 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide S-5! 17 Attachment Solutions; Metal Roof Innovations, Ltd.; X-Gard 2.0 or comparable 18 product by one of the following:19 a. Alpine SnowGuards, a division of Vermont Slate & Copper Services, Inc.20 b. Sno-Gem, Inc.21 c. Snow Management Systems.22 d. TRA SNOW AND SUN, INC.23 2. Description: Snow guard rails fabricated from metal pipes, bars, or extrusions, 24 anchored to brackets and equipped with two rails.25 3. Material and Finish: Aluminum; powder coated to match metal roof panels.2627 2.9 ACCESSORIES2829 A. General: Provide accessories as standard with metal building system manufacturer and as 30 specified. Fabricate and finish accessories at the factory to greatest extent possible, by 31 manufacturer's standard procedures and processes. Comply with indicated profiles and 32 with dimensional and structural requirements.33 1. Form exposed sheet metal accessories that are without excessive oil-canning, 34 buckling, and tool marks and that are true to line and levels indicated, with exposed 35 edges folded back to form hems.3637 B. Roof Panel Accessories: Provide components required for a complete metal roof panel 38 assembly including copings, fasciae, corner units, ridge closures, clips, sealants, gaskets, 39 fillers, closure strips, and similar items. Match material and finish of metal roof panels 40 unless otherwise indicated.41 1. Closures: Provide closures at eaves and ridges, fabricated of same material as metal 42 roof panels.43 2. Cleats: Manufacturer's standard, mechanically seamed cleats formed from steel sheet.44 3. Backing Plates: Provide metal backing plates at panel end splices, fabricated from 45 material recommended by manufacturer.46 4. Closure Strips: Closed-cell, expanded, cellular, rubber or crosslinked, polyolefin-foam 47 or closed-cell laminated polyethylene; minimum 1-inch- (25-mm-) thick, flexible

Page 145: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

17 October 2019 13 34 19 - 19 18150.0000Addendum No. 1

1 closure strips; cut or premolded to match metal roof panel profile. Provide closure 2 strips where indicated or necessary to ensure weathertight construction.3 5. Thermal Spacer Blocks: Where metal panels attach directly to purlins, provide 4 thermal spacer blocks of thickness required to provide 1-inch (25-mm) standoff; 5 fabricated from extruded polystyrene.67 C. Wall Panel Accessories: Provide components required for a complete metal wall panel 8 assembly including copings, fasciae, mullions, sills, corner units, clips, sealants, gaskets, 9 fillers, closure strips, and similar items. Match material and finish of metal wall panels

10 unless otherwise indicated.11 1. Closures: Provide closures at eaves and rakes, fabricated of same material as metal 12 wall panels.13 2. Backing Plates: Provide metal backing plates at panel end splices, fabricated from 14 material recommended by manufacturer.15 3. Closure Strips: Closed-cell, expanded, cellular, rubber or crosslinked, polyolefin-foam 16 or closed-cell laminated polyethylene; minimum 1-inch- (25-mm-) thick, flexible 17 closure strips; cut or premolded to match metal wall panel profile. Provide closure 18 strips where indicated or necessary to ensure weathertight construction.1920 D. Flashing and Trim: Formed from 0.022-inch (0.56-mm) nominal-thickness, metallic-coated 21 steel sheet or aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet prepainted with coil coating; finished 22 to match adjacent metal panels.23 1. Provide flashing and trim as required to seal against weather and to provide finished 24 appearance. Locations include, but are not limited to, eaves, rakes, corners, bases, 25 framed openings, ridges, fasciae, and fillers.26 2. Opening Trim: Formed from 0.022-inch (0.56-mm) nominal-thickness, metallic-27 coated steel sheet or aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet prepainted with coil 28 coating. Trim head and jamb of door openings, and head, jamb, and sill of other 29 openings.3031 E. Gutters: Formed from 0.022-inch (0.56-mm) nominal-thickness, metallic-coated steel sheet 32 or aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet prepainted with coil coating; finished to match 33 roof fascia and rake trim. Match profile of gable trim, complete with end pieces, outlet 34 tubes, and other special pieces as required. Fabricate in minimum 96-inch- (2438-mm-) 35 long sections, sized according to SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual."36 1. Gutter Supports: Fabricated from same material and finish as gutters.37 2. Strainers: Bronze, copper, or aluminum wire ball type at outlets.3839 F. Downspouts: Formed from 0.022-inch (0.56-mm) nominal-thickness, zinc-coated 40 (galvanized) steel sheet or aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet prepainted with coil 41 coating; finished to match metal wall panels. Fabricate in minimum 10-foot- (3-m-) long 42 sections, complete with formed elbows and offsets.43 1. Mounting Straps: Fabricated from same material and finish as gutters.4445 G. Louvers: Size and design indicated; self-framing and self-flashing. Fabricate welded frames 46 from minimum 0.052-inch (1.32-mm) nominal-thickness, metallic-coated steel sheet; 47 finished to match metal wall panels. Form blades from 0.040-inch (1.02-mm) nominal-48 thickness, metallic-coated steel sheet; folded or beaded at edges, set at an angle that

Page 146: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

17 October 2019 13 34 19 - 20 18150.0000Addendum No. 1

1 excludes driving rains, and secured to frames by riveting or welding. Fabricate louvers with 2 equal blade spacing to produce uniform appearance.3 1. Blades: Fixed.4 2. Blades: Adjustable type, with weather-stripped edges, and manually operated by hand 5 crank or pull chain.6 3. Free Area: Not less than 7.0 sq. ft. (0.65 sq. m) for 48-inch- (1220-mm-) wide by 48-7 inch- (1220-mm-) high louver.8 4. Bird Screening: Galvanized steel, 1/2-inch- (13-mm-) square mesh, 0.041-inch (1.04-9 mm) wire; with rewirable frames, removable and secured with clips; fabricated of

10 same kind and form of metal and with same finish as louvers.11 a. Mounting: Interior face of louvers.12 5. Vertical Mullions: Provide mullions at spacings recommended by manufacturer, or 13 72 inches (1830 mm) o.c., whichever is less.1415 H. Roof Curbs: Fabricated from minimum 0.052-inch (1.32-mm) nominal-thickness, metallic-16 coated steel sheet or aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet prepainted with coil coating; 17 finished to match metal roof panels; with welded top box and bottom skirt, and integral 18 full-length cricket; capable of withstanding loads of size and height indicated.19 1. Curb Subframing: Fabricated from 0.064-inch (1.63-mm) nominal-thickness, angle-, 20 C-, or Z-shaped metallic-coated steel sheet.21 2. Insulation: 1-inch- (25-mm-) thick, rigid type.2223 I. Pipe Flashing: Premolded, EPDM pipe collar with flexible aluminum ring bonded to base.2425 J. Materials:26 1. Fasteners: Self-tapping screws, bolts, nuts, self-locking rivets and bolts, end-welded 27 studs, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads. Provide 28 fasteners with heads matching color of materials being fastened by means of plastic 29 caps or factory-applied coating.30 a. Fasteners for Metal Roof Panels: Self-drilling, Type 410 stainless-steel or self-31 tapping, Type 304 stainless-steel or zinc-alloy-steel hex washer head, with 32 EPDM washer under heads of fasteners bearing on weather side of metal 33 panels.34 b. Fasteners for Metal Wall Panels: Self-drilling, Type 410 stainless-steel or self-35 tapping, Type 304 stainless-steel or zinc-alloy-steel hex washer head, with 36 EPDM sealing washers bearing on weather side of metal panels.37 c. Fasteners for Flashing and Trim: Blind fasteners or self-drilling screws with 38 hex washer head.39 d. Blind Fasteners: High-strength aluminum or stainless-steel rivets.40 2. Corrosion-Resistant Coating: Cold-applied asphalt mastic, compounded for 15-mil 41 (0.4-mm) dry film thickness per coat. Provide inert-type noncorrosive compound 42 free of asbestos fibers, sulfur components, and other deleterious impurities.43 3. Nonmetallic, Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory-packaged, 44 nonmetallic aggregate grout, noncorrosive, nonstaining, mixed with water to 45 consistency suitable for application and a 30-minute working time.46 4. Metal Panel Sealants:

Page 147: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

17 October 2019 13 34 19 - 21 18150.0000Addendum No. 1

1 a. Sealant Tape: Pressure-sensitive, 100 percent solids, gray polyisobutylene-2 compound sealant tape with release-paper backing. Provide permanently 3 elastic, nonsag, nontoxic, nonstaining tape of manufacturer's standard size.4 b. Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920; one-part elastomeric polyurethane or polysulfide; 5 of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in metal 6 panels and remain weathertight; and as recommended by metal building 7 system manufacturer.89 2.10 FABRICATION

1011 A. General: Design components and field connections required for erection to permit easy 12 assembly.13 1. Mark each piece and part of the assembly to correspond with previously prepared 14 erection drawings, diagrams, and instruction manuals.15 2. Fabricate structural framing to produce clean, smooth cuts and bends. Punch holes 16 of proper size, shape, and location. Members shall be free of cracks, tears, and 17 ruptures.1819 B. Tolerances: Comply with MBMA's "Metal Building Systems Manual" for fabrication and 20 erection tolerances.2122 C. Primary Framing: Shop fabricate framing components to indicated size and section, with 23 baseplates, bearing plates, stiffeners, and other items required for erection welded into 24 place. Cut, form, punch, drill, and weld framing for bolted field assembly.25 1. Make shop connections by welding or by using high-strength bolts.26 2. Join flanges to webs of built-up members by a continuous, submerged arc-welding 27 process.28 3. Brace compression flange of primary framing with steel angles or cold-formed 29 structural tubing between frame web and purlin web or girt web, so flange 30 compressive strength is within allowable limits for any combination of loadings.31 4. Weld clips to frames for attaching secondary framing.32 5. Shop Priming: Prepare surfaces for shop priming according to SSPC-SP 2. Shop 33 prime primary framing with specified primer after fabrication.3435 D. Secondary Framing: Shop fabricate framing components to indicated size and section by 36 roll-forming or break-forming, with baseplates, bearing plates, stiffeners, and other plates 37 required for erection welded into place. Cut, form, punch, drill, and weld secondary 38 framing for bolted field connections to primary framing.39 1. Make shop connections by welding or by using non-high-strength bolts.40 2. Shop Priming: Prepare uncoated surfaces for shop priming according to SSPC-SP 2. 41 Shop prime uncoated secondary framing with specified primer after fabrication.4243 E. Metal Panels: Fabricate and finish metal panels at the factory to greatest extent possible, by 44 manufacturer's standard procedures and processes, as necessary to fulfill indicated 45 performance requirements. Comply with indicated profiles and with dimensional and 46 structural requirements.47 1. Provide panel profile, including major ribs and intermediate stiffening ribs, if any, for 48 full length of metal panel.

Page 148: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

17 October 2019 13 34 19 - 22 18150.0000Addendum No. 1

12

Page 149: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

17 October 2019 13 34 19 - 23 18150.0000Addendum No. 1

1 PART 3 - EXECUTION23 3.1 EXAMINATION45 A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with erector present, for compliance with 6 requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the 7 Work.89 B. Before erection proceeds, survey elevations and locations of concrete- and masonry-

10 bearing surfaces and locations of anchor rods, bearing plates, and other embedments to 11 receive structural framing, with erector present, for compliance with requirements and 12 metal building system manufacturer's tolerances.13 1. Engage land surveyor to perform surveying.1415 C. Proceed with erection only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.1617 3.2 PREPARATION1819 A. Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to manufacturer's written instructions 20 for each particular substrate condition.2122 B. Provide temporary shores, guys, braces, and other supports during erection to keep 23 structural framing secure, plumb, and in alignment against temporary construction loads 24 and loads equal in intensity to design loads. Remove temporary supports when permanent 25 structural framing, connections, and bracing are in place unless otherwise indicated.2627 3.3 ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL FRAMING2829 A. Erect metal building system according to manufacturer's written erection instructions and 30 erection drawings.3132 B. Do not field cut, drill, or alter structural members without written approval from metal 33 building system manufacturer's professional engineer.3435 C. Set structural framing accurately in locations and to elevations indicated, according to AISC 36 specifications referenced in this Section. Maintain structural stability of frame during 37 erection.3839 D. Base and Bearing Plates: Clean concrete- and masonry-bearing surfaces of bond-reducing 40 materials, and roughen surfaces prior to setting plates. Clean bottom surface of plates.41 1. Set plates for structural members on wedges, shims, or setting nuts as required.42 2. Tighten anchor rods after supported members have been positioned and plumbed. 43 Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of plate 44 before packing with grout.45 3. Promptly pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates so no voids remain. 46 Neatly finish exposed surfaces; protect grout and allow to cure. Comply with 47 manufacturer's written installation instructions for shrinkage-resistant grouts.48

Page 150: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

17 October 2019 13 34 19 - 24 18150.0000Addendum No. 1

1 E. Align and adjust structural framing before permanently fastening. Before assembly, clean 2 bearing surfaces and other surfaces that will be in permanent contact with framing. 3 Perform necessary adjustments to compensate for discrepancies in elevations and 4 alignment.5 1. Level and plumb individual members of structure.6 2. Make allowances for difference between temperature at time of erection and mean 7 temperature when structure will be completed and in service.89 F. Primary Framing and End Walls: Erect framing level, plumb, rigid, secure, and true to line.

10 Level baseplates to a true even plane with full bearing to supporting structures, set with 11 double-nutted anchor bolts. Use grout to obtain uniform bearing and to maintain a level 12 base-line elevation. Moist-cure grout for not less than seven days after placement.13 1. Make field connections using high-strength bolts installed according to RCSC's 14 "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" for bolt type 15 and joint type specified.16 a. Joint Type: Snug tightened or pretensioned.1718 G. Secondary Framing: Erect framing level, plumb, rigid, secure, and true to line. Field bolt 19 secondary framing to clips attached to primary framing.20 1. Provide rake or gable purlins with tight-fitting closure channels and fasciae.21 2. Locate and space wall girts to suit openings such as doors and windows.22 3. Provide supplemental framing at entire perimeter of openings, including doors, 23 windows, louvers, ventilators, and other penetrations of roof and walls.2425 H. Bracing: Install bracing in roof and sidewalls where indicated on erection drawings.26 1. Tighten rod and cable bracing to avoid sag.27 2. Locate interior end-bay bracing only where indicated.2829 I. Framing for Openings: Provide shapes of proper design and size to reinforce openings and 30 to carry loads and vibrations imposed, including equipment furnished under mechanical 31 and electrical work. Securely attach to structural framing.3233 J. Erection Tolerances: Maintain erection tolerances of structural framing within AISC 303.3435 3.4 METAL PANEL INSTALLATION, GENERAL3637 A. Examination: Examine primary and secondary framing to verify that structural-panel 38 support members and anchorages have been installed within alignment tolerances required 39 by manufacturer.40 1. Examine roughing-in for components and systems penetrating metal panels, to verify 41 actual locations of penetrations relative to seams before metal panel installation.4243 B. General: Anchor metal panels and other components of the Work securely in place, with 44 provisions for thermal and structural movement.45 1. Field cut metal panels as required for doors, windows, and other openings. Cut 46 openings as small as possible, neatly to size required, and without damage to adjacent 47 metal panel finishes.

Page 151: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

17 October 2019 13 34 19 - 25 18150.0000Addendum No. 1

1 a. Field cutting of metal panels by torch is not permitted unless approved in 2 writing by manufacturer.3 2. Install metal panels perpendicular to structural supports unless otherwise indicated.4 3. Flash and seal metal panels with weather closures at perimeter of openings and 5 similar elements. Fasten with self-tapping screws.6 4. Locate and space fastenings in uniform vertical and horizontal alignment.7 5. Locate metal panel splices over, but not attached to, structural supports with end 8 laps in alignment.9 6. Lap metal flashing over metal panels to allow moisture to run over and off the

10 material.1112 C. Lap-Seam Metal Panels: Install screw fasteners using power tools with controlled torque 13 adjusted to compress EPDM washers tightly without damage to washers, screw threads, or 14 metal panels. Install screws in predrilled holes.15 1. Arrange and nest side-lap joints so prevailing winds blow over, not into, lapped 16 joints. Lap ribbed or fluted sheets one full rib corrugation. Apply metal panels and 17 associated items for neat and weathertight enclosure. Avoid "panel creep" or 18 application not true to line.1920 D. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals contact each other or corrosive substrates, 21 protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with corrosion-resistant coating, 22 by applying rubberized-asphalt underlayment to each contact surface, or by other 23 permanent separation as recommended by metal roof panel manufacturer.2425 E. Joint Sealers: Install gaskets, joint fillers, and sealants where indicated and where required 26 for weatherproof performance of metal panel assemblies. Provide types of gaskets, fillers, 27 and sealants indicated; or, if not indicated, provide types recommended by metal panel 28 manufacturer.29 1. Seal metal panel end laps with double beads of tape or sealant the full width of panel. 30 Seal side joints where recommended by metal panel manufacturer.31 2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Section 07 92 00 32 "Joint Sealants."3334 3.5 METAL ROOF PANEL INSTALLATION3536 A. General: Provide metal roof panels of full length from eave to ridge unless otherwise 37 indicated or restricted by shipping limitations.38 1. Install ridge caps as metal roof panel work proceeds.39 2. Flash and seal metal roof panels with weather closures at eaves and rakes. Fasten 40 with self-tapping screws.4142 B. Standing-Seam Metal Roof Panels: Fasten metal roof panels to supports with concealed 43 clips at each standing-seam joint, at location and spacing and with fasteners recommended 44 by manufacturer.45 1. Install clips to supports with self-drilling or self-tapping fasteners.46 2. Install pressure plates at locations indicated in manufacturer's written installation 47 instructions.

Page 152: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

17 October 2019 13 34 19 - 26 18150.0000Addendum No. 1

1 3. Snap Joint: Nest standing seams and fasten together by interlocking and completely 2 engaging factory-applied sealant.3 4. Seamed Joint: Crimp standing seams with manufacturer-approved motorized seamer 4 tool so that clip, metal roof panel, and factory-applied sealant are completely 5 engaged.6 5. Rigidly fasten eave end of metal roof panels and allow ridge end free movement due 7 to thermal expansion and contraction. Predrill panels for fasteners.8 6. Provide metal closures at rake edges, rake walls, and each side of ridge caps.9

10 C. Metal Fascia Panels: Align bottom of metal panels and fasten with blind rivets, bolts, or 11 self-drilling or self-tapping screws. Flash and seal metal panels with weather closures where 12 fasciae meet soffits, along lower panel edges, and at perimeter of all openings.1314 D. Metal Roof Panel Installation Tolerances: Shim and align metal roof panels within installed 15 tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6 m) on slope and location lines as indicated and 16 within 1/8-inch (3-mm) offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles.1718 3.6 METAL WALL PANEL INSTALLATION1920 A. General: Install metal wall panels in orientation, sizes, and locations indicated on Drawings. 21 Install panels perpendicular to girts, extending full height of building, unless otherwise 22 indicated. Anchor metal wall panels and other components of the Work securely in place, 23 with provisions for thermal and structural movement.24 1. Unless otherwise indicated, begin metal panel installation at corners with center of 25 rib lined up with line of framing.26 2. Shim or otherwise plumb substrates receiving metal wall panels.27 3. When two rows of metal panels are required, lap panels 4 inches (102 mm) 28 minimum.29 4. When building height requires two rows of metal panels at gable ends, align lap of 30 gable panels over metal wall panels at eave height.31 5. Rigidly fasten base end of metal wall panels and allow eave end free movement due 32 to thermal expansion and contraction. Predrill panels.33 6. Flash and seal metal wall panels with weather closures at eaves, rakes, and at 34 perimeter of all openings. Fasten with self-tapping screws.35 7. Install screw fasteners in predrilled holes.36 8. Install flashing and trim as metal wall panel work proceeds.37 9. Apply elastomeric sealant continuously between metal base channel (sill angle) and 38 concrete, and elsewhere as indicated; or, if not indicated, as necessary for 39 waterproofing.40 10. Align bottom of metal wall panels and fasten with blind rivets, bolts, or self-drilling 41 or self-tapping screws.42 11. Provide weatherproof escutcheons for pipe and conduit penetrating exterior walls.4344 B. Insulated Metal Wall Panels: Install insulated metal wall panels on exterior side of girts. 45 Attach panels to supports at each panel joint using concealed clip and fasteners at 46 maximum 42 inches (1067 mm) o.c., spaced not more than manufacturer's 47 recommendation. Fully engage tongue and groove of adjacent insulated metal wall panels.48 1. Install clips to supports with self-tapping fasteners.

Page 153: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

17 October 2019 13 34 19 - 27 18150.0000Addendum No. 1

1 2. Apply continuous ribbon of sealant to panel joint on concealed side of insulated 2 metal wall panels as vapor seal; apply sealant to panel joint on exposed side of panels 3 as weather seal.45 C. Installation Tolerances: Shim and align metal wall panels within installed tolerance of 1/4 6 inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6 m), nonaccumulative, on level, plumb, and on location lines as 7 indicated, and within 1/8-inch (3-mm) offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of 8 matching profiles.9

10 3.7 TRANSLUCENT PANEL INSTALLATION1112 A. Translucent Panels: Attach translucent panels to structural framing with fasteners 13 according to manufacturer's written instructions. Install panels perpendicular to supports 14 unless otherwise indicated. Anchor translucent panels securely in place, with provisions for 15 thermal and structural movement.16 1. Provide end laps of not less than 6 inches (152 mm) and side laps of not less than 1-17 1/2-inch (38-mm) corrugations for metal roof panels.18 2. Provide end laps of not less than 4 inches (102 mm) and side laps of not less than 1-19 1/2-inch (38-mm) corrugations for metal wall panels.20 3. Align horizontal laps with adjacent metal panels.21 4. Seal intermediate end laps and side laps of translucent panels with translucent mastic.2223 3.8 SNOW GUARD INSTALLATION2425 A. Install snow guards according to manufacturer's written instructions.2627 B. Attachment for Standing-Seam Metal Roofing:28 1. Do not use fasteners that will penetrate metal roofing, or fastening methods that 29 void metal roofing finish warranty.30 2. Seam-Mounted, Rail-Type Snow Guards: Aluminum clamps attached to vertical ribs 31 of standing-seam metal roof panels with non-ferrous stainless steel hardware and 32 fasteners.3334 3.9 ACCESSORY INSTALLATION3536 A. General: Install accessories with positive anchorage to building and weathertight mounting, 37 and provide for thermal expansion. Coordinate installation with flashings and other 38 components.39 1. Install components required for a complete metal roof panel assembly, including 40 trim, copings, ridge closures, seam covers, flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure 41 strips, and similar items.42 2. Install components for a complete metal wall panel assembly, including trim, 43 copings, corners, seam covers, flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and 44 similar items.45 3. Where dissimilar metals contact each other or corrosive substrates, protect against 46 galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with corrosion-resistant coating, by 47 applying rubberized-asphalt underlayment to each contact surface, or by other 48 permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer.

Page 154: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

17 October 2019 13 34 19 - 28 18150.0000Addendum No. 1

1 B. Flashing and Trim: Comply with performance requirements, manufacturer's written 2 installation instructions, and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Provide 3 concealed fasteners where possible, and set units true to line and level as indicated. Install 4 work with laps, joints, and seams that will be permanently watertight and weather resistant.5 1. Install exposed flashing and trim that is without excessive oil-canning, buckling, and 6 tool marks and that is true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded 7 back to form hems. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result 8 in waterproof and weather-resistant performance.9 2. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim.

10 Space movement joints at a maximum of 10 feet (3 m) with no joints allowed within 11 24 inches (600 mm) of corner or intersection. Where lapped or bayonet-type 12 expansion provisions cannot be used or would not be sufficiently weather resistant 13 and waterproof, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 14 1 inch (25 mm) deep, filled with mastic sealant (concealed within joints).1516 C. Gutters: Join sections with riveted-and-soldered or lapped-and-sealed joints. Attach gutters 17 to eave with gutter hangers spaced as required for gutter size, but not more than 36 inches 18 (914 mm) o.c. using manufacturer's standard fasteners. Provide end closures and seal 19 watertight with sealant. Provide for thermal expansion.2021 D. Downspouts: Join sections with 1-1/2-inch (38-mm) telescoping joints. Provide fasteners 22 designed to hold downspouts securely 1 inch (25 mm) away from walls; locate fasteners at 23 top and bottom and at approximately 60 inches (1524 mm) o.c. in between.24 1. Provide elbows at base of downspouts to direct water away from building.25 2. Tie downspouts to underground drainage system indicated.2627 E. Louvers: Locate and place louver units level, plumb, and at indicated alignment with 28 adjacent work.29 1. Use concealed anchorages where possible. Provide brass or lead washers fitted to 30 screws where required to protect metal surfaces and to make a weathertight 31 connection.32 2. Provide perimeter reveals and openings of uniform width for sealants and joint 33 fillers.34 3. Protect galvanized- and nonferrous-metal surfaces from corrosion or galvanic action 35 by applying a heavy coating of corrosion-resistant paint on surfaces that will be in 36 contact with concrete, masonry, or dissimilar metals.37 4. Install concealed gaskets, flashings, joint fillers, and insulation as louver installation 38 progresses, where weathertight louver joints are required. Comply with 39 Section 07 92 00 "Joint Sealants" for sealants applied during louver installation.4041 F. Roof Curbs: Install curbs at locations indicated on Drawings. Install flashing around bases 42 where they meet metal roof panels.4344 G. Pipe Flashing: Form flashing around pipe penetration and metal roof panels. Fasten and 45 seal to panel as recommended by manufacturer.46

Page 155: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

17 October 2019 13 34 19 - 29 18150.0000Addendum No. 1

1 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL23 A. Special Inspections: Engage a qualified special inspector to perform the following special 4 inspections:5 1. Inspection of fabricators.6 2. Steel construction.78 B. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections.9

10 C. Tests and Inspections:11 1. High-Strength, Field-Bolted Connections: Connections shall be tested and inspected 12 during installation according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using 13 ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts."14 2. Welded Connections: In addition to visual inspection, field-welded connections shall 15 be tested and inspected according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M and the following 16 inspection procedures, at inspector's option:17 a. Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E 165.18 b. Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E 709; performed on root pass and on 19 finished weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration will not be 20 accepted.21 c. Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E 164.22 d. Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E 94.2324 D. Product will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.2526 E. Prepare test and inspection reports.2728 3.11 CLEANING AND PROTECTION2930 A. Repair damaged galvanized coatings on galvanized items with galvanized repair paint 31 according to ASTM A 780 and manufacturer's written instructions.3233 B. Touchup Painting: After erection, promptly clean, prepare, and prime or reprime field 34 connections, rust spots, and abraded surfaces of prime-painted structural framing, bearing 35 plates, and accessories.36 1. Clean and prepare surfaces by SSPC-SP 2, "Hand Tool Cleaning," or by SSPC-SP 3, 37 "Power Tool Cleaning."38 2. Apply a compatible primer of same type as shop primer used on adjacent surfaces.3940 C. Metal Panels: Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films, if any, as metal 41 panels are installed. On completion of metal panel installation, clean finished surfaces as 42 recommended by metal panel manufacturer. Maintain in a clean condition during 43 construction.44 1. Replace metal panels that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful 45 repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures.46

Page 156: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

17 October 2019 13 34 19 - 30 18150.0000Addendum No. 1

1 D. Louvers: Clean exposed surfaces that are not protected by temporary covering, to remove 2 fingerprints and soil during construction period. Do not let soil accumulate until final 3 cleaning.4 1. Restore louvers damaged during installation and construction period so no evidence 5 remains of corrective work. If results of restoration are unsuccessful, as determined 6 by Architect, remove damaged units and replace with new units.7 a. Touch up minor abrasions in finishes with air-dried coating that matches color 8 and gloss of, and is compatible with, factory-applied finish coating.9

1011 END OF SECTION

Page 157: Addendum Summary - swgc.net...Oct 17, 2019  · Addendum Summary 18150.0000, RANDALL HS/JH ADDITIONS AND RENOVATIONS Addendum: 001 Prepared By: John Westbrook This addendum contains

17 October 2019 18150.0000 Addendum 01

TECHNICAL SYSTEMS SUBGROUP 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS 2

3 4

A. 11 61 33 - Theatrical Rigging and Drapery 5 6

B. 11 61 62 - Theatrical Lighting Fixtures and Accessories 7 8

C. 26 55 61 - Theatrical Lighting Controls 9 10

D. 27 41 16 - Integrated Audio-Video Systems and Equipment 11 12

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39

END OF SECTION 40 41